[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

JP4759045B2 - Binding tool - Google Patents

Binding tool Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP4759045B2
JP4759045B2 JP2008503742A JP2008503742A JP4759045B2 JP 4759045 B2 JP4759045 B2 JP 4759045B2 JP 2008503742 A JP2008503742 A JP 2008503742A JP 2008503742 A JP2008503742 A JP 2008503742A JP 4759045 B2 JP4759045 B2 JP 4759045B2
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
binding
holding
binding rod
piece
operating
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Expired - Fee Related
Application number
JP2008503742A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JPWO2007102245A1 (en
Inventor
莞二 田中
裕 新井
浩 中野
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Lihit Lab Inc
Original Assignee
Lihit Lab Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Lihit Lab Inc filed Critical Lihit Lab Inc
Priority to JP2008503742A priority Critical patent/JP4759045B2/en
Publication of JPWO2007102245A1 publication Critical patent/JPWO2007102245A1/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP4759045B2 publication Critical patent/JP4759045B2/en
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B42BOOKBINDING; ALBUMS; FILES; SPECIAL PRINTED MATTER
    • B42FSHEETS TEMPORARILY ATTACHED TOGETHER; FILING APPLIANCES; FILE CARDS; INDEXING
    • B42F13/00Filing appliances with means for engaging perforations or slots
    • B42F13/16Filing appliances with means for engaging perforations or slots with claws or rings
    • B42F13/20Filing appliances with means for engaging perforations or slots with claws or rings pivotable about an axis or axes parallel to binding edges
    • B42F13/22Filing appliances with means for engaging perforations or slots with claws or rings pivotable about an axis or axes parallel to binding edges in two sections engaging each other when closed
    • B42F13/26Filing appliances with means for engaging perforations or slots with claws or rings pivotable about an axis or axes parallel to binding edges in two sections engaging each other when closed and locked when so engaged, e.g. snap-action

Landscapes

  • Sheet Holders (AREA)

Description

この発明は、綴具に関し、特にたとえば、リングバインダないしファイルとして用いられる綴具に関する。   The present invention relates to a binding tool, and more particularly to a binding tool used as, for example, a ring binder or a file.

この発明の背景となる従来の綴具として、特開2003−251973号に開示された綴じ具がある。
この綴じ具は、背表紙11に固定されるベース18に回転可能に支持された二つの第1の綴じ部材19と、これら綴じ部材の先端部に係り合って閉ループを形成する二つの第2の綴じ部材20とを備える。これら綴じ部材19、20の各基部間は、第1及び第2の連結部材30、31を介して連結されている。各連結部材間には開放手段33,40,50が配置され、当該開放手段によって各綴じ部材19,20による閉ループを解除する方向に力が付与される。第1の綴じ部材19を指先で摘んで相互に接近する方向に操作力を加えたときに、第2の部材20との係り合いが解除されて各先端部間が開放する方向に回転可能となっている。
特開2003−251973号
As a conventional binding tool as the background of the present invention, there is a binding tool disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2003-251973.
The binding tool includes two first binding members 19 rotatably supported by a base 18 fixed to the spine cover 11, and two second binding members that form a closed loop by engaging with the front ends of the binding members. A binding member 20. The base portions of the binding members 19 and 20 are connected to each other through first and second connecting members 30 and 31. Opening means 33, 40, 50 are disposed between the connecting members, and force is applied in the direction of releasing the closed loop by the binding members 19, 20 by the opening means. When the first binding member 19 is picked with a fingertip and an operating force is applied in a direction approaching each other, the engagement with the second member 20 is released and the tip portions can be rotated in the opening direction. It has become.
JP2003-251973

しかしながら、従来の綴じ具は、第1の連結板30に固定された第1の綴じ部材19及び第2の連結板31に固定された第2の綴じ部材20に多くの用箋を綴じると、その重量で第1の連結板30及び第2の連結板31がしなるおそれがある。
第1の連結板30及び第2の連結板31がしなると、第1の綴じ部材19の外向き鈎状部28と第2の綴じ部材20の内向き鈎状部29の係り合いが外れるおそれがある。
そこで、第1の連結板30及び第2の連結板31のしなりを防止するために、第1の連結板30及び第2の連結板31を構成する板材の硬度をあげることが考えられるが、軽量化によるコストダウンの要望から板材の厚さを増すにも限界がある。
一方、硬度をあげて板材の薄板化を果たし、それに折り曲げ加工を施すと、その硬度により板材に割れが発生することがある。
そこで、折り曲げ加工できるように薄板化を図りつつ、しなりを防止することが望まれている。
However, when the conventional binding tool binds many sticky notes to the first binding member 19 fixed to the first connecting plate 30 and the second binding member 20 fixed to the second connecting plate 31, There is a possibility that the first connecting plate 30 and the second connecting plate 31 are broken by weight.
If the first connecting plate 30 and the second connecting plate 31 are bent, the engagement between the outward hooked portion 28 of the first binding member 19 and the inward hooked portion 29 of the second binding member 20 may be disengaged. There is.
Therefore, in order to prevent the first connecting plate 30 and the second connecting plate 31 from being bent, it is conceivable to increase the hardness of the plate members constituting the first connecting plate 30 and the second connecting plate 31. However, there is a limit to increasing the thickness of the plate due to the demand for cost reduction due to weight reduction.
On the other hand, if the plate is thinned by increasing the hardness, and bending is applied to the plate, cracks may occur in the plate due to the hardness.
Therefore, it is desired to prevent bending while reducing the thickness of the plate so that it can be bent.

それゆえに、この発明の主たる目的は、綴杆を固定した作動部材のしなりを防止して、不用意に綴杆の係止が外れることがない綴じ具を提供することである。   SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Therefore, a main object of the present invention is to provide a binding tool that prevents bending of an operating member that fixes the binding and prevents the binding from being inadvertently released.

この発明の請求項1にかかる綴具は、複数の開閉自在の綴杆と、前記綴杆を間隔をおいて設けることができる長さを備えた保持部材と、各綴杆がその基部において間隔をおいてその表面に固定され、綴杆が保持部材に固定されるように保持部材の内側に可動自在に固定された作動部材と、前記綴杆を開く方向に付勢する開閉部材とを備えた、綴具であって、前記作動部材は、一対の作動片からなり、一方の作動片には綴杆の一方の基部が固定され、他方の作動片には綴杆の他方の基部が固定され、前記綴杆が閉じるときには、一対の作動片の突き合わせ縁の近傍を中心として揺動して、保持部材の内面より離れた位置において、その突き合わせ縁が突き合わせた状態において保持され、前記綴杆が開くときには、一対の作動片の突き合わせ縁の近傍を中心として揺動して、保持部材の内面に近づいた方向に向いて保持されるように保持部材に固定され、前記作動片は、幅方向において外側に、一対の作動片の突き合わせ縁と平行な外側端縁が形成され、前記外側端縁に前記保持部材から突出する突出部が形成され、前記作動片は、前記突き合わせ縁とは離れた位置で、前記突出部より内側に、長さ方向に間隔をおいて設けられた綴杆の基部を結ぶ方向に近い方向にのびる突条が形成され、開閉部材は、一対の作動片の突き合わせ縁近傍に保持され、その固定先端部が一対の作動片の支持部に係止された、綴具である。
この発明の請求項2にかかる綴具は、複数の開閉自在の綴杆と、前記綴杆を間隔をおいて設けることができる長さを備えた保持部材と、各綴杆がその基部において間隔をおいてその表面に固定され、綴杆が保持部材に固定されるように保持部材の内側に固定された作動部材と、前記綴杆を開く方向に付勢する開閉部材とを備えた、綴具であって、前記作動部材は、一対の作動片からなり、一方の作動片には綴杆の一方の基部が固定され、他方の作動片には綴杆の他方の基部が固定され、前記綴杆が閉じるときには、一対の作動片の突き合わせ縁の近傍を中心として揺動して、保持部材の内面より離れた位置において、その突き合わせ縁が突き合わせた状態において保持され、前記綴杆が開くときには、一対の作動片の突き合わせ縁の近傍を中心として揺動して、保持部材の内面に近づいた方向に向いて保持されるように保持部材に固定され、前記作動片は、作動片を構成する板体を断面L字形に折り曲げて、突条を形成され、前記突条は、前記突き合わせ縁とは離れた位置で、長さ方向に間隔をおいて設けられた綴杆の基部を結ぶ方向に近い方向にのびるように形成され、開閉部材は、一対の作動片の突き合わせ縁近傍に保持され、その固定先端部が一対の作動片の支持部に係止された、綴具である。
この発明の請求項にかかる綴具は、前記突条は、間隔をおいて設けられた綴杆の基部の間において、連続して、綴杆が突出する方向とは反対側に向けて突設された、請求項1又は請求項2に記載の綴具である。
この発明の請求項にかかる綴具は、前記作動部材は、移動方向にのびる長さ方向を有する平面方形状の板体である、請求項1ないし請求項3のいずれかに記載の綴具である。
この発明の請求項5にかかる綴具は、前記作動部材は、保持部材内で間隔をおいて設けられた綴杆の基部を結ぶ方向に移動するように、可動自在に保持部材に固定された、請求項1ないし請求項4のいずれかに記載の綴具である。
この発明の請求項6にかかる綴具は、前記保持部材は、作動部材を保持部材の内側に保持するための保持部が形成され、前記保持部は、保持部材の内側に嵌装された作動部材を保持するように、内側に向けて凹まされてなる及び/又は折り曲げてなる、請求項1ないし請求項5のいずれかに記載の綴具である。
この発明の請求項7にかかる綴具は、前記保持部材は、作動部材を保持部材の内側に保持するための保持部が形成され、前記作動部材は、前記保持部材から突出する突出部が形成され、前記保持部は、作動部材の突出部より外側に突出された保持部が、保持部材の内側に嵌装された作動部材の突出部を保持するように内側に向けて凹まされてなる、請求項1ないし請求項5のいずれかに記載の綴具である。
この発明の請求項8にかかる綴具は、前記保持部材は、作動部材に間隔をおいて設けられた綴杆の基部を結ぶ方向に近い方向にのびる保持壁を有し、前記保持壁は、作動部材に間隔をおいて設けられた綴杆の基部を結ぶ方向と交差する方向にのびて、保持壁の外側に向いて突出する突出部を保持する保持部を有し、該保持部は、前記保持壁の一部を作動部材の突出部より外側に打ち出された保持部が、保持部材の内側に嵌装された作動部材の突出部を保持するように、保持壁の内側に向けて凹まされてなる、請求項7に記載の綴具である。
この発明の請求項9にかかる綴具は、前記保持部は、前記作動部材の作動片の下面に沿って、前記保持壁の下縁との間に間隔をおいて細い切り込みが形成され、該切り込みと保持壁の下縁との間における保持壁の外方に向けて打ち出された領域が、保持部材の内側に嵌装された作動部材の突出部の下面を保持するように内側に向けて打ち出され、保持壁の該切り込みと保持壁の下縁との間の領域以外の領域より内側に向けて凹まされてなる、請求項7または請求項8に記載の綴具である。
この発明の請求項10にかかる綴具は、前記突条は、第1の綴杆の基部と第2の綴杆の基部を結ぶ方向と平行で、前記作動片の長さ方向にのびるように形成された、請求項1ないし請求項9のいずれかに記載の綴具である。
この発明の請求項11にかかる綴具は、保持部材に嵌装された作動片の前記突条は、保持部材の保持壁の下縁より上方に位置するように形成された、請求項1ないし請求項10のいずれかに記載の綴具である。
この発明の請求項12にかかる綴具は、前記作動片は、前記突き合わせ縁及び前記突条とは離れた位置で、作動片の長さ方向及びそれに近い方向にのびるビードが形成された、請求項1ないし請求項11のいずれかに記載の綴具である。
この発明の請求項13にかかる綴具は、前記作動片の幅方向において、前記綴杆の基部が固定された部位より外側で前記突条より内側に、ビードが形成された、請求項1ないし請求項12のいずれかに記載の綴具である。
この発明の請求項14にかかる綴具は、前記ビードは、作動片を構成する板体に下面から上面に向けて適宜な幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる、請求項12又は請求項13のいずれかに記載の綴具である。
According to a first aspect of the present invention, there is provided a binding tool comprising a plurality of openable / closable binding rods, a holding member having a length capable of providing the binding rods at intervals, and each binding rod spaced at a base portion thereof. at a fixed on the surface thereof, comprising an actuating member which is movably secured inside the holding member such binding rings are secured to the holding member, and a closing member for urging in a direction to open the binding rings The operating member is composed of a pair of operating pieces, one operating piece is fixed to one base of the binding rod, and the other operating piece is fixed to the other base of the binding rod. When the binding rod is closed, the binding rod swings around the vicinity of the butting edge of the pair of operating pieces, and is held in a state where the butting edge is butted at a position away from the inner surface of the holding member. When opening the butt edge of the pair of operating pieces Swung around the neighborhood, are fixed to the holding member to be held oriented in a direction approaching the inner surface of the holding member, wherein the actuating piece, outward in the width direction, and abutting edges of the pair of operating pieces A parallel outer edge is formed, and a protrusion protruding from the holding member is formed on the outer edge, and the operating piece is located at a distance from the abutting edge and inward of the protrusion. A protrusion that extends in a direction close to the direction connecting the bases of the binding rods provided at intervals in the direction is formed, the opening and closing member is held near the butting edge of the pair of operating pieces, and the fixed tip portion is a pair of This is a binding tool that is locked to the support portion of the operating piece.
According to a second aspect of the present invention, there is provided a binding tool comprising a plurality of openable / closable binding rods, a holding member having a length capable of providing the binding rods at intervals, and each binding rod spaced at a base portion thereof. And an opening and closing member for biasing the binding rod in a direction to open the binding rod, wherein the binding member is fixed to the surface of the holding member so that the binding rod is fixed to the holding member. The actuating member is composed of a pair of actuating pieces, one actuating piece having one base of the binding rod fixed thereto, the other actuating piece having the other base of the binding rod fixed thereto, When the binding is closed, it swings around the vicinity of the butting edges of the pair of operating pieces and is held in a state where the butting edges are butted away from the inner surface of the holding member. In the vicinity of the butt edge of the pair of operating pieces The working piece is fixed to the holding member so as to be held in the direction approaching the inner surface of the holding member, and the working piece is formed by bending a plate body constituting the working piece into an L-shaped cross section, The protrusion is formed at a position away from the abutting edge and extending in a direction close to the direction connecting the bases of the binding rods provided at intervals in the length direction. The binding tool is held in the vicinity of the butt edge of the pair of operating pieces, and the fixed tip portion is locked to the support portion of the pair of operating pieces .
According to a third aspect of the present invention, in the binding device according to the third aspect of the invention, the protrusion protrudes continuously between the base portions of the binding rod provided at an interval toward the side opposite to the direction in which the binding rod protrudes. It is the binding tool of Claim 1 or Claim 2 provided.
A binding device according to claim 4 of the present invention is the binding device according to any one of claims 1 to 3 , wherein the actuating member is a planar rectangular plate having a length direction extending in a moving direction. It is.
According to a fifth aspect of the present invention, the operating member is movably fixed to the holding member so as to move in a direction in which the bases of the binding rods provided at intervals in the holding member are connected. A binding device according to any one of claims 1 to 4.
In the binding device according to claim 6 of the present invention, the holding member is formed with a holding portion for holding the operating member inside the holding member, and the holding portion is fitted inside the holding member. The binding device according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the binding device is recessed and / or bent inward to hold the member.
In the binding device according to claim 7 of the present invention, the holding member is formed with a holding portion for holding the operating member inside the holding member, and the operating member is formed with a protruding portion protruding from the holding member. The holding portion is recessed inward so that the holding portion protruding outward from the protruding portion of the operating member holds the protruding portion of the operating member fitted inside the holding member. A binding device according to any one of claims 1 to 5.
In the binding device according to claim 8 of the present invention, the holding member has a holding wall extending in a direction close to a direction connecting the bases of the binding rods provided at intervals to the operating member, The holding member has a holding part that holds a protruding part that protrudes toward the outside of the holding wall, extending in a direction intersecting the direction of connecting the bases of the bindings provided at intervals in the operating member, The holding part, which is a part of the holding wall that is struck out from the protruding part of the operating member, is recessed toward the inside of the holding wall so as to hold the protruding part of the operating member that is fitted inside the holding member. It is a binding tool of Claim 7.
In the binding device according to a ninth aspect of the present invention, the holding portion is formed with a thin notch along the lower surface of the operating piece of the operating member and spaced from the lower edge of the holding wall. A region that is struck outwardly of the holding wall between the cut and the lower edge of the holding wall faces inward so as to hold the lower surface of the protrusion of the actuating member fitted inside the holding member. The binding device according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the binding tool is punched out and is recessed inward from a region other than a region between the notch of the holding wall and a lower edge of the holding wall.
In the binding device according to a tenth aspect of the present invention, the protrusion is parallel to a direction connecting the base portion of the first binding rod and the base portion of the second binding rod and extends in the length direction of the operating piece. The binding device according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the binding device is formed.
The binding device according to an eleventh aspect of the present invention is such that the protrusion of the operating piece fitted to the holding member is formed to be positioned above the lower edge of the holding wall of the holding member. It is a binding tool in any one of Claim 10.
According to a twelfth aspect of the present invention, in the binding tool, the working piece is formed with a bead extending in a length direction of the working piece and a direction close thereto at a position apart from the butting edge and the protrusion. The binding tool according to any one of claims 1 to 11.
According to a thirteenth aspect of the present invention, in the width direction of the working piece, a bead is formed outside the portion where the base portion of the binding rod is fixed and inside the protrusion. It is a binding tool in any one of Claim 12.
In the binding device according to a fourteenth aspect of the present invention, the bead is formed by projecting a linear convex portion having an appropriate width from the lower surface to the upper surface on the plate constituting the operating piece. It is a binding tool in any one of Claim 13.

請求項1の発明によれば、複数の開閉自在の綴杆と、前記綴杆を間隔をおいて設けることができる長さを備えた保持部材と、各綴杆がその基部において間隔をおいてその表面に固定され、綴杆が保持部材に固定されるように保持部材の内側に可動自在に固定された作動部材と、前記綴杆を開く方向に付勢する開閉部材とを備えた、綴具であって、前記作動部材は、一対の作動片からなり、一方の作動片には綴杆の一方の基部が固定され、他方の作動片には綴杆の他方の基部が固定され、前記綴杆が閉じるときには、一対の作動片の突き合わせ縁の近傍を中心として揺動して、保持部材の内面より離れた位置において、その突き合わせ縁が突き合わせた状態において保持され、前記綴杆が開くときには、一対の作動片の突き合わせ縁の近傍を中心として揺動して、保持部材の内面に近づいた方向に向いて保持されるように保持部材に固定され、前記作動片は、幅方向において外側に、一対の作動片の突き合わせ縁と平行な外側端縁が形成され、前記外側端縁に前記保持部材から突出する突出部が形成され、前記作動片は、前記突き合わせ縁とは離れた位置で、前記突出部より内側に、長さ方向に間隔をおいて設けられた綴杆の基部を結ぶ方向に近い方向にのびる突条が形成され、開閉部材は、一対の作動片の突き合わせ縁近傍に保持され、その固定先端部が一対の作動片の支持部に係止されているので、綴杆を固定した作動部材のしなりを防止して、不用意に綴杆の係止が外れることがない綴じ具を提供することができる。
また、請求項1の発明によれば、前記突条は、前記突出部より内側に形成されているので、突出部を形成した後、プレス加工で比較的容易に突条を形成できる。
請求項2の発明によれば、複数の開閉自在の綴杆と、前記綴杆を間隔をおいて設けることができる長さを備えた保持部材と、各綴杆がその基部において間隔をおいてその表面に固定され、綴杆が保持部材に固定されるように保持部材の内側に固定された作動部材と、前記綴杆を開く方向に付勢する開閉部材とを備えた、綴具であって、前記作動部材は、一対の作動片からなり、一方の作動片には綴杆の一方の基部が固定され、他方の作動片には綴杆の他方の基部が固定され、前記綴杆が閉じるときには、一対の作動片の突き合わせ縁の近傍を中心として揺動して、保持部材の内面より離れた位置において、その突き合わせ縁が突き合わせた状態において保持され、前記綴杆が開くときには、一対の作動片の突き合わせ縁の近傍を中心として揺動して、保持部材の内面に近づいた方向に向いて保持されるように保持部材に固定され、前記作動片は、作動片を構成する板体を断面L字形に折り曲げて、突条を形成され、前記突条は、前記突き合わせ縁とは離れた位置で、長さ方向に間隔をおいて設けられた綴杆の基部を結ぶ方向に近い方向にのびるように形成され、開閉部材は、一対の作動片の突き合わせ縁近傍に保持され、その固定先端部が一対の作動片の支持部に係止されているので、綴杆を固定した作動部材のしなりを防止して、不用意に綴杆の係止が外れることがない綴じ具を提供することができる。
また、請求項2の発明によれば、前記突条は、作動部材を構成する板体を断面L字形に折り曲げて形成されているので、折り曲げ加工を施し易い。
請求項の発明によれば、前記突条は、間隔をおいて設けられた綴杆の基部の間において、連続して、綴杆が突出する方向とは反対側に向けて突設されているので、綴杆を固定した作動部材のしなりを防止して、不用意に綴杆の係止が外れることがない綴じ具を提供することができる。
請求項の発明によれば、前記作動部材は、移動方向にのびる長さ方向を有する平面方形状の板体であるので、折り曲げ加工により比較的容易に突条を形成できる
求項5の発明によれば、前記作動部材は、保持部材内で間隔をおいて設けられた綴杆の基部を結ぶ方向に移動するように、可動自在に保持部材に固定されているので、綴杆の開閉を容易に行うことができる。
請求項6の発明によれば、前記保持部材は、作動部材を保持部材の内側に保持するための保持部が形成され、前記保持部は、保持部材の内側に嵌装された作動部材を保持するように、内側に向けて凹まされてなる及び/又は折り曲げてなるので、プレス加工により比較的容易に保持部を形成できる。
請求項7の発明によれば、前記保持部材は、作動部材を保持部材の内側に保持するための保持部が形成され、前記作動部材は、前記保持部材から突出する突出部が形成され、前記保持部は、作動部材の突出部より外側に突出された保持部が、保持部材の内側に嵌装された作動部材の突出部を保持するように内側に向けて凹まされてなるので、保持部材内に作動部材を比較的容易に装填して綴具を製造することができる。
請求項8の発明によれば、前記保持部材は、作動部材に間隔をおいて設けられた綴杆の基部を結ぶ方向に近い方向にのびる保持壁を有し、前記保持壁は、作動部材に間隔をおいて設けられた綴杆の基部を結ぶ方向と交差する方向にのびて、保持壁の外側に向いて突出する突出部を保持する保持部を有し、該保持部は、前記保持壁の一部を作動部材の突出部より外側に打ち出された保持部が、保持部材の内側に嵌装された作動部材の突出部を保持するように、保持壁の内側に向けて凹まされてなるので、保持部材内に作動部材を比較的容易に装填して綴具を製造することができる。
請求項9の発明によれば、前記保持部は、前記作動部材の作動片の下面に沿って、前記保持壁の下縁との間に間隔をおいて細い切り込みが形成され、該切り込みと保持壁の下縁との間における保持壁の外方に向けて打ち出された領域が、保持部材の内側に嵌装された作動部材の突出部の下面を保持するように内側に向けて打ち出され、保持壁の該切り込みと保持壁の下縁との間の領域以外の領域より内側に向けて凹まされてなるので、保持部材内に作動部材を比較的容易に装填して綴具を製造することができる
求項11の発明によれば、保持部材に嵌装された作動片の前記突条は、保持部材の保持壁の下縁より上方に位置するように形成されているので、作動片が保持部材内の最適な位置に装填され、作動片の移動が円滑になされる。
請求項12の発明によれば、前記作動片は、前記突き合わせ縁及び前記突条とは離れた位置で、作動片の長さ方向及びそれに近い方向にのびるビードが形成されているので、ファイル等の高さ方向にのびる作動片が綴杆に綴じられた用箋等の被綴じ物の重さによりたわむことがなく、保持することをできる。
請求項13の発明によれば、前記作動片の幅方向において、前記綴杆の基部が固定された部位より外側で前記突条より内側に、ビードが形成されているので、突条の形成されていない部位の強化がなされ、ファイル等の高さ方向にのびる作動片が綴杆に綴じられた用箋等の被綴じ物の重さによりたわむことがなく、保持することをできる。
請求項14の発明によれば、前記ビードは、作動片を構成する板体に下面から上面に向けて適宜な幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなるので、プレス加工等により比較的容易に形成でき、作動片の強化を図ることができる。
According to the first aspect of the present invention, a plurality of openable and openable staples, a holding member having a length capable of providing the staples at intervals, and the staples at intervals at the bases thereof A binding comprising: an actuating member fixed to the surface thereof and movably fixed inside the holding member so that the binding rod is fixed to the holding member; and an opening / closing member that urges the binding rod in an opening direction. The actuating member is composed of a pair of actuating pieces, one actuating piece having one base of the binding rod fixed thereto, the other actuating piece having the other base of the binding rod fixed thereto, When the binding is closed, it swings around the vicinity of the butting edges of the pair of operating pieces and is held in a state where the butting edges are butted away from the inner surface of the holding member. In the vicinity of the butt edge of the pair of operating pieces And swings, is fixed to the holding member to be held oriented in a direction approaching the inner surface of the holding member, wherein the actuating piece, outward in the width direction, parallel to the outer and abutting edges of the pair of operating pieces An edge is formed, and a protruding portion that protrudes from the holding member is formed on the outer edge, and the operating piece is spaced apart from the abutting edge inwardly from the protruding portion in the longitudinal direction. A protrusion that extends in a direction close to the direction connecting the bases of the binding rods provided at a gap is formed , the opening / closing member is held in the vicinity of the butting edge of the pair of operating pieces, and the fixed front end portion of the pair of operating pieces Since it is locked to the support portion, it is possible to provide a binding tool that prevents the actuating member fixing the binding from being bent and prevents the binding from being unintentionally released.
Moreover, since the said protrusion is formed inside the said protrusion part according to invention of Claim 1, after forming a protrusion part, a protrusion can be formed comparatively easily by press work.
According to the invention of claim 2, a plurality of openable / closable binding rods, a holding member having a length capable of providing the binding rods at intervals, and each binding rod at intervals at the base thereof A binding device comprising an actuating member fixed to a surface of the holding member so that the binding rod is fixed to the holding member, and an opening / closing member that biases the binding rod in a direction to open the binding rod. The actuating member comprises a pair of actuating pieces, one of the actuating pieces is fixed with one base of the binding rod, the other operating piece is fixed with the other base of the binding rod, and the binding pin is When closing, it swings around the vicinity of the butting edges of the pair of working pieces, and is held in a state where the butting edges are butted away from the inner surface of the holding member. Shaking around the butt edge of the operating piece Then, the working piece is fixed to the holding member so as to be held in a direction approaching the inner surface of the holding member, and the working piece is formed into a ridge by bending a plate body constituting the working piece into an L-shaped cross section. The protrusion is formed so as to extend in a direction close to the direction connecting the bases of the binding rods provided at intervals in the length direction at a position away from the abutting edge, and the opening and closing member includes a pair of opening and closing members. Since it is held near the butting edge of the operating piece and its fixed tip is locked to the support part of the pair of operating pieces, the operating member that fixed the binding is prevented from being bent, and the binding is inadvertently It is possible to provide a binding tool in which the lock is not released.
According to the invention of claim 2, since the protrusion is formed by bending a plate body constituting the operating member into an L-shaped cross section, it is easy to bend.
According to the invention of claim 3, the protrusions are continuously provided between the base portions of the binding rods provided at intervals, and projecting toward the side opposite to the direction in which the binding rods protrude. Therefore, it is possible to provide a binding tool that prevents the operating member having the binding rods from being bent and prevents the binding rods from being unintentionally released.
According to invention of Claim 4 , since the said operation member is a plane rectangular plate which has the length direction extended in a moving direction, a protrusion can be formed comparatively easily by a bending process .
According to the invention Motomeko 5, wherein the actuating member to move in the direction connecting the base of the binding rods provided at intervals in the holding member, are fixed to the movably holding member The binding can be easily opened and closed.
According to the invention of claim 6, the holding member is formed with a holding portion for holding the operating member inside the holding member, and the holding portion holds the operating member fitted inside the holding member. As described above, the holding portion can be formed relatively easily by pressing because it is recessed inward and / or bent.
According to the invention of claim 7, the holding member is formed with a holding portion for holding the operating member inside the holding member, and the operating member is formed with a protruding portion protruding from the holding member, The holding portion is recessed toward the inside so that the holding portion protruding outward from the protruding portion of the operating member holds the protruding portion of the operating member fitted inside the holding member. The actuating member can be loaded relatively easily into the binding device.
According to invention of Claim 8, the said holding member has a holding wall extended in the direction close | similar to the direction which ties the base part of the binding staple provided at intervals in the action | operation member, and the said holding wall is an action member. A holding portion for holding a protruding portion that protrudes toward the outside of the holding wall, extending in a direction intersecting with a direction connecting the base portions of the staples provided at intervals, and the holding portion includes the holding wall; The holding portion that is driven out of the protrusion of the operating member is recessed toward the inside of the holding wall so as to hold the protruding portion of the operating member fitted inside the holding member. Therefore, the operating member can be loaded into the holding member relatively easily to manufacture the binding device.
According to the invention of claim 9, the holding portion is formed with a thin notch along the lower surface of the actuating piece of the actuating member and spaced from the lower edge of the holding wall. A region that is struck out toward the outside of the holding wall between the lower edge of the wall is struck out inward so as to hold the lower surface of the protrusion of the actuating member fitted inside the holding member, Since the concave portion is recessed inward from a region other than the region between the notch of the holding wall and the lower edge of the holding wall, the operating member is relatively easily loaded into the holding member to manufacture the binding device. Can do .
According to the invention of Motomeko 11, wherein the projection of the actuating piece, which is fitted to the holding member, because it is formed from the lower edge of the retaining wall of the holding member so as to be positioned above, the operating piece holding The working piece is smoothly moved by being loaded at an optimum position in the member.
According to the invention of claim 12, the working piece is formed with a bead extending in the length direction of the working piece and a direction close thereto at a position away from the abutting edge and the ridge. The working piece extending in the height direction can be held without being bent due to the weight of the object to be bound such as a note bound to the binding.
According to the invention of claim 13, in the width direction of the working piece, since the bead is formed outside the portion where the base portion of the binding rod is fixed and inside the protrusion, the protrusion is formed. Thus, the operation piece extending in the height direction of the file or the like can be held without being bent by the weight of the object to be bound such as a note bound to the binding rod.
According to the invention of claim 14, the bead is formed by projecting a linear convex portion having an appropriate width from the lower surface to the upper surface on the plate body constituting the operating piece. It can be formed easily and the working piece can be strengthened.

この発明の上述の目的、その他の目的、特徴および利点は、図面を参照して行う以下の発明を実施するための最良の形態の説明から一層明らかとなろう。   The above-mentioned object, other objects, features, and advantages of the present invention will become more apparent from the following description of the best mode for carrying out the invention with reference to the drawings.

本発明にかかる一実施の形態である綴具を用いたファイルを示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the file using the binding tool which is one Embodiment concerning this invention. 本発明にかかる一実施の形態である綴具の一例を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows an example of the binding tool which is one Embodiment concerning this invention. 保持部材の斜視図である。It is a perspective view of a holding member. 作動部材及び開閉部材の斜視図解図である。It is a perspective view solution figure of an operation member and an opening-and-closing member. 開閉部材の平面図である。It is a top view of an opening-and-closing member. 開閉部材の側面図解図で、(A)は元の状態の側面図解図で(B)は巻線部 の円周方向に力を加えた状態の側面図解図である。It is a side view solution figure of an opening-and-closing member, (A) is a side view solution figure of the original state, (B) is a side view solution figure of the state where force was applied to the circumference direction of a coil part. 綴杆及び作動部材の図解図であり、(A)は閉じた状態における綴杆と作動 部材を示す平面図解図であり、(B)は第2の作動片の右側図解図である。It is an illustration of a binding rod and an operation member, (A) is a top view solution diagram showing a binding rod and an operation member in the closed state, and (B) is a right side illustration view of a second operation piece. 閉じた状態における綴具の平面図である。It is a top view of the binding tool in the closed state. 閉じた状態における綴具の底面図である。It is a bottom view of the binding tool in the closed state. 閉じた状態における綴具の横断面図であり、(A)は、図9A−A断面図であり、(B)は、図9B−B断面図である。It is a cross-sectional view of the binding device in the closed state, (A) is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 9A-A, (B) is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 9B-B. 綴杆を開く状態を示す綴具の底面図である。It is a bottom view of a binding tool which shows the state which opens a binding rod. 綴杆を開く状態を示す綴具の綴杆の図解図である。It is an illustration figure of the binding of the binding tool which shows the state which opens a binding. 開いた状態における綴具の平面図である。It is a top view of the binding tool in the open state. 開いた状態における綴具の底面図である。It is a bottom view of the binding tool in the open state. 開いた状態における綴具の横断面図であり、(A)は、図14A−A断面図であり、(B)は、図14B−B断面図である。It is a cross-sectional view of the binding device in the opened state, (A) is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 14A-A, (B) is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 14B-B. 綴杆の係止部を示す図解図であり、(A)は、平面図解図であり、(B)は、(A)のA−A断面図解図であり、(C)は、正面図解図である。It is an illustration figure which shows the latching | locking part of a binding, (A) is a top view solution figure, (B) is an AA cross-section solution figure of (A), (C) is a front view solution figure. It is. 綴杆の係止部を示す図解図であり、(A)は、側面図解図であり、(B)は、(A)のB−B断面図解図である。It is an illustration figure which shows the latching | locking part of a binding, (A) is a side view solution figure, (B) is a BB cross-section solution figure of (A). 綴杆を綴じる状態を示す綴杆の図解図であり、(A)は、平面図解図であり、(B)は、正面図解図である。It is an illustration figure of a binding box which shows the state which binds a binding box, (A) is a top view solution figure, (B) is a front illustration solution figure. 綴杆を綴じる状態を示す綴杆の図解図であり、(A)は、平面図解図であり、(B)は、正面図解図である。It is an illustration figure of a binding box which shows the state which binds a binding box, (A) is a top view solution figure, (B) is a front illustration solution figure. 綴杆を綴じる状態を示す綴杆の図解図であり、(A)は、平面図解図であり、(B)は、正面図解図である。It is an illustration figure of a binding box which shows the state which binds a binding box, (A) is a top view solution figure, (B) is a front illustration solution figure. 綴杆を綴じる状態を示す綴杆の図解図であり、(A)は、平面図解図であり、(B)は、正面図解図である。It is an illustration figure of a binding box which shows the state which binds a binding box, (A) is a top view solution figure, (B) is a front illustration solution figure. 保持部材の形成方法を示す図解図であり、(A)は保持部材の側面図解図であり、(B)は底面図解図である。It is an illustration figure which shows the formation method of a holding member, (A) is a side view solution figure of a holding member, (B) is a bottom view solution figure. 保持部材の形成方法を示す底面図解図である。It is a bottom view solution figure which shows the formation method of a holding member. 開閉部材の取り付け方を示す底面図解図である。It is a bottom view solution figure which shows how to attach an opening-and-closing member. 開閉部材の取り付け方を示す底面図解図である。It is a bottom view solution figure which shows how to attach an opening-and-closing member. 開閉部材の取り付け方を示す底面図解図である。It is a bottom view solution figure which shows how to attach an opening-and-closing member. 保持部材の変形例の形成方法を示す底面図解図である。It is a bottom view solution figure which shows the formation method of the modification of a holding member. 図26A方向矢視図である。FIG. 26A is a view in the direction of the arrow. 表紙を開いた状態における平面図である。It is a top view in the state where the cover was opened. 表紙を閉じた状態における斜視図解図である。It is a perspective view solution figure in the state where the cover was closed. 表紙を閉じた状態における側面図解図である。It is a side view solution figure in the state where the cover was closed. 綴杆の変形例を示す図解図であり、(A)は平面図解図であり、(B)は正面図解図である。It is an illustration figure which shows the modification of a binding, (A) is a top view solution figure, (B) is a front view solution figure. 本発明にかかる別の形態である綴具を用いたファイルを示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows the file using the binding tool which is another form concerning this invention. 本発明にかかる別の形態である綴具の一例を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows an example of the binding tool which is another form concerning this invention. 保持部材の斜視図である。It is a perspective view of a holding member. 作動部材及び開閉部材の斜視図解図である。It is a perspective view solution figure of an operation member and an opening-and-closing member. 巻線方向(ねじり方向)に固定先端部をねじった開閉部材の平面図である。It is a top view of the opening-and-closing member which twisted the fixed front-end | tip part in the winding direction (twisting direction). 開閉部材の側面(図37A矢視)図解図で、(A)は元の状態の側面図解図で、(B)は巻線部の巻線方向に力を加え固定先端部をねじった状態の側面図解図である。FIG. 37A is an illustration of a side view of the opening / closing member (indicated by an arrow in FIG. 37A), (A) is an illustration of a side view of the original state, and (B) is a state in which a fixed tip is twisted by applying a force in the winding direction FIG. 綴杆及び作動部材の図解図であり、(A)は閉じた状態における綴杆と作動部材を示す平面図解図であり、(B)は第2の作動片の右側図解図である。It is an illustration figure of a binding rod and an operation member, (A) is a top view solution figure showing a binding rod and an operation member in the closed state, (B) is a right side solution view of the 2nd operation piece. 閉じた状態における綴具の平面図である。It is a top view of the binding tool in the closed state. 閉じた状態における綴具の底面図である。It is a bottom view of the binding tool in the closed state. 閉じた状態における綴具の横断面図であり、(A)は、図41A−A断面図であり、(B)は、図41B−B断面図である。It is a cross-sectional view of the binding device in the closed state, (A) is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 41A-A, (B) is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 41B-B. 綴杆を開く状態を示す綴具の底面図である。It is a bottom view of a binding tool which shows the state which opens a binding rod. 綴杆を開く状態を示す綴具の綴杆の図解図である。It is an illustration figure of the binding of the binding tool which shows the state which opens a binding. 開いた状態における綴具の平面図である。It is a top view of the binding tool in the open state. 開いた状態における綴具の底面図である。It is a bottom view of the binding tool in the open state. 開いた状態における綴具の横断面図であり、(A)は、図46A−A断面図であり、(B)は、図46B−B断面図である。It is a cross-sectional view of the binding device in the opened state, (A) is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 46A-A, (B) is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 46B-B. 綴杆の係止部を示す図解図であり、(A)は、平面図解図であり、(B)は、(A)のA−A断面図解図であり、(C)は、正面図解図である。It is an illustration figure which shows the latching | locking part of a binding, (A) is a top view solution figure, (B) is an AA cross-section solution figure of (A), (C) is a front view solution figure. It is. 綴杆の係止部を示す図解図であり、(A)は、側面図解図であり、(B)は、(A)のB−B断面図解図である。It is an illustration figure which shows the latching | locking part of a binding, (A) is a side view solution figure, (B) is a BB cross-section solution figure of (A). 綴杆を綴じる状態を示す綴杆の図解図であり、(A)は、平面図解図であり、(B)は、正面図解図である。It is an illustration figure of a binding box which shows the state which binds a binding box, (A) is a top view solution figure, (B) is a front illustration solution figure. 綴杆を綴じる状態を示す綴杆の図解図であり、(A)は、平面図解図であり、(B)は、正面図解図である。It is an illustration figure of a binding box which shows the state which binds a binding box, (A) is a top view solution figure, (B) is a front illustration solution figure. 綴杆を綴じる状態を示す綴杆の図解図であり、(A)は、平面図解図であり、(B)は、正面図解図である。It is an illustration figure of a binding box which shows the state which binds a binding box, (A) is a top view solution figure, (B) is a front illustration solution figure. 綴杆を綴じる状態を示す綴杆の図解図であり、(A)は、平面図解図であり、(B)は、正面図解図である。It is an illustration figure of a binding box which shows the state which binds a binding box, (A) is a top view solution figure, (B) is a front illustration solution figure. 保持部材の形成方法を示す図解図であり、(A)は保持部材の側面図解図であり、(B)は底面図解図である。It is an illustration figure which shows the formation method of a holding member, (A) is a side view solution figure of a holding member, (B) is a bottom view solution figure. 保持部材の形成方法を示す底面図解図である。It is a bottom view solution figure which shows the formation method of a holding member. 開閉部材の取り付け方を示す底面図解図である。It is a bottom view solution figure which shows how to attach an opening-and-closing member. 開閉部材の取り付け方を示す底面図解図である。It is a bottom view solution figure which shows how to attach an opening-and-closing member. 開閉部材の取り付け方を示す底面図解図である。It is a bottom view solution figure which shows how to attach an opening-and-closing member. 別の実施の形態である綴具の一例を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows an example of the binding tool which is another embodiment. 別の実施の形態である綴具の一例を示す平面図である。It is a top view which shows an example of the binding tool which is another embodiment. 図61(A)は全体の底面図であり、図61(B)は一部を拡大した底面図である。FIG. 61 (A) is a bottom view of the whole, and FIG. 61 (B) is a partially enlarged bottom view. 別の実施の形態である綴具の一例を示す底面図である。It is a bottom view which shows an example of the binding tool which is another embodiment. 別の実施の形態である綴具の一例を示す図であり、(A)は側面図であり、(B)は 綴杆の断面図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the binding tool which is another embodiment, (A) is a side view, (B) is sectional drawing of a binding rod. 別の実施の形態である綴具の一例を示す斜視図である。It is a perspective view which shows an example of the binding tool which is another embodiment. 別の実施の形態である綴具の一例を示す平面図である。It is a top view which shows an example of the binding tool which is another embodiment. 別の実施の形態である綴具の一例を示す底面図である。It is a bottom view which shows an example of the binding tool which is another embodiment. 図67(A)は全体の底面図であり、図67(B)は一部を拡大した底面図である。67A is a bottom view of the whole, and FIG. 67B is an enlarged bottom view. 別の実施の形態である綴具の一例を示す図であり、(A)は側面図であり、(B)は 綴杆の断面図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the binding tool which is another embodiment, (A) is a side view, (B) is sectional drawing of a binding rod. (A)は、巻線方向(ねじり方向)に固定先端部をねじった開閉部材の平面図であり、(B)は、開閉部材の元の状態の側面(図69(A)矢視)図解図で、(C)は巻線部の巻線方向に力を加え固定先端部をねじった状態の側面(図69(A)矢視)図解図である。(A) is a plan view of an opening / closing member having a fixed tip twisted in the winding direction (twisting direction), and (B) is a side view of the original state of the opening / closing member (as viewed in FIG. 69 (A)). (C) is a side view (as viewed in the direction of the arrow in FIG. 69 (A)) in a state where a force is applied in the winding direction of the winding portion and the fixed tip portion is twisted. 開閉部材の取り付け方を示す底面図解図である。It is a bottom view solution figure which shows how to attach an opening-and-closing member. 開閉部材の取り付け方を示す底面図解図である。It is a bottom view solution figure which shows how to attach an opening-and-closing member. 開閉部材の取り付け方を示す底面図解図である。It is a bottom view solution figure which shows how to attach an opening-and-closing member. (A)は、巻線方向(ねじり方向)に固定先端部をねじった開閉部材の平面図であり、(B)は、開閉部材の元の状態の側面(図73(A)矢視)図解図で、(C)は巻線部の巻線方向に力を加え固定先端部をねじった状態の側面(図73(A)矢視)図解図である。(A) is a top view of the opening-and-closing member which twisted the fixed front-end | tip part to the winding direction (twisting direction), (B) is the side surface (FIG. 73 (A) arrow) illustration of the original state of an opening-and-closing member (C) is a side view (as viewed in the direction of the arrow in FIG. 73 (A)) in a state where a force is applied in the winding direction of the winding portion and the fixed tip portion is twisted. 開閉部材の取り付け方を示す底面図解図である。It is a bottom view solution figure which shows how to attach an opening-and-closing member. 開閉部材の取り付け方を示す底面図解図である。It is a bottom view solution figure which shows how to attach an opening-and-closing member. 開閉部材の取り付け方を示す底面図解図である。It is a bottom view solution figure which shows how to attach an opening-and-closing member.

符号の説明Explanation of symbols

S 被綴じ物
10,510,610 綴具
12,212,412、512,612 第1の綴杆
14,214,414,513,613 第2の綴杆
514,614 第3の綴杆
515 第4の綴杆
12a,212a,412a,512a,612a 第1の半割杆
12b,212b,412b,512b,612b 第2の半割杆
14a,214a,414a,513a,613a 第3の半割杆
14b,214b,414b,513b,613b 第4の半割杆
514a,614a 第5の半割杆
514b,614b 第6の半割杆
515a 第7の半割杆
515b 第8の半割杆
16,216、516,616 保持部材
18,218,518,618 作動部材
20,220,520,620 取付孔
22,222,522,622 被綴じ物載置部
22a,222a 膨出部
24,224,524,624 保持壁
24a,224a,524a,624a 第1の保持壁
24b,224b,524b,624b 第2の保持壁
26,226,526,626 第1の貫通孔
28,228,527,627 第2の貫通孔
528,628 第3の貫通孔
529 第4の貫通孔
30,230,530,630 第1の作動片
30a,230a,530a,630a 突き合わせ縁
30b,230b,530b,630b 外側端縁
30b1,30b2,230b1,230b2 第1外側端縁
30b3,230b3 第2外側端縁
30c1,30c2,230c1,230c2,530c1,530c2,530c3,630c3,
630c1,630c2 突出部
30d,30e,230d,230e 係合部
30f,230f 規制凹部
30g,230g 規制凸起
30h,230h,530h,630h 突条
32,232,532,632 第2の作動片
32a,232a,532a,632a 突き合わせ縁
32b,232b,532b,632b 外側端縁
32b1,32b2,232b1,232b2 第1外側端縁
32b3,232b3 第2外側端縁
32c1,32c2,232c1,232c2,532c1,532c2,532c3,632c1,
632c2、632c3 突出部
32d,32e,232d,232e 係合部
32f,32f 規制凹部
32g,32g 規制凸起
32h,32h,232h,532h,632h 突条
234a,234b,234c,234d,534a,534b,534c,534d,534e,
534f ビード
234a1,234b1,234c1,234d1,534a1,534b1,534c1,534d1,
634a1,634b1,634c1,634d1,634e1,634f1 第1直線部
234a2,234b2,234c2,234d2,534a2,534b2,534c2,534d2,
634a2,634b2,634c2,634d2,634e2,634f2 第2直線部
234a3,234b3, 234c3, 234d3,534a3,534b3,534c3,534d3,
634a3,634b3,634c3,634d3,634e3,634f3 斜線部
36a,38a,236a,238a,636a,636a2,638a1,638a2 空隙部
36b,38b,236b,238b,636b1,636b2,638b1,638b2 開閉部材固定部
36c,38c,236c,238c,536c,538c,536d,538d,636c,638c,636d,638d 支持部
236c1,238c1 基部
236c2,238c2 抜け止め端部
36d,38d 挿入孔
40,240,540,541,640,641,642 開閉部材
42a,242a,640a,642a 開閉部材の一方の固定先端部
42b,242b,640b,642b 開閉部材の他方の固定先端部
44,244 巻線部
46a,46b 固定部
47a,47b,247a,247b 係止脚部
48a,48b 係止端部
248a,248b 規制脚部
50,250,550,650 綴杆係止部
52a,54a,56a,58a,252a,254a,256a,258a 凸部
52b,54b,56b,58b,252b,254b,256b,258b 凹部
52c,54c,56c,58c,252c,254c,256c,258c 凸部の傾斜対向面
52d,54d,56d,58d,252d,254d,256d,258d 凹部の傾斜対向面
60,62,160,162,260,262,560,562,660,662 第1の保持部
64,66,164,166,264,266,564,566,664,666 第2の保持部
561,565,661,665 第3の保持部
68,70,72,74,268,270,272,274 保持貫通孔
68a,70a,72a,74a,268a,270a,272a,274a 切り込み
300 ファイル・バインダ
310 表紙
312 表表紙
314 裏表紙
316 背表紙
318A,318B 薄肉ヒンジ部
320 連設部
322,324 綴杆固定手段
S Binding object 10, 510, 610 Binding tool 12, 212, 412, 512, 612 First binding rod 14, 214, 414, 513, 613 Second binding rod 514, 614 Third binding rod 515 Fourth The first half-scissors 12a, 212a, 412a, 512a, 612a The first half-scissors 12b, 212b, 412b, 512b, 612b The second half-scissors 14a, 214a, 414a, 513a, 613a The third half-scissors 14b, 214b, 414b, 513b, 613b Fourth half-cut 514a, 614a Fifth half-cut 514b, 614b Sixth half-cut 515a Seventh half-cut 515b Eight half-piece 16, 216, 516 , 616 Holding members 18, 218, 518, 618 Actuating members 20, 220, 520, 620 Mounting holes 22, 222, 522, 622 22a bulging portion 24, 224, 524, 624 holding wall 24a, 224a, 524a, 624a first holding wall 24b, 224b, 524b, 624b second holding wall 26, 226, 526, 626 first through hole 28 , 228, 527, 627 Second through hole 528, 628 Third through hole 529 Fourth through hole 30, 230, 530, 630 First operating piece 30a, 230a, 530a, 630a Butt edge 30b, 230b, 530b, 630b outer edge 30b1, 30b2, 230b1, 230b2 first outer edge 30b3, 230b3 second outer edge 30c1, 30c2, 230c1, 230c2, 530c1, 530c2, 530c3, 630c3,
630c1, 630c2 Protrusions 30d, 30e, 230d, 230e Engaging parts 30f, 230f Restriction recesses 30g, 230g Restriction protrusions 30h, 230h, 530h, 630h Projections 32, 232, 532, 632 Second operation pieces 32a, 232a , 532a, 632a Butt edge 32b, 232b, 532b, 632b Outer edge 32b1, 32b2, 232b1, 232b2 First outer edge 32b3, 232b3 Second outer edge 32c1, 32c2, 232c1, 232c2, 532c1, 532c1, 532c3 632c1,
632c2, 632c3 Protruding part 32d, 32e, 232d, 232e Engaging part 32f, 32f Restriction recess 32g, 32g Restriction protrusion 32h, 32h, 232h, 532h, 632h Projection 234a, 234b, 234c, 234d, 534a, 534b, 534c , 534d, 534e,
534f Beads 234a1, 234b1, 234c1, 234d1, 534a1, 534b1, 534c1, 534d1,
634a1, 634b1, 634c1, 634d1, 634e1, 634f1 first straight portions 234a2, 234b2, 234c2, 234d2, 534a2, 534b2, 534c2, 534d2,
634 a 2, 634 b 2, 634 c 2, 634 d 2, 634 e 2, 634 f 2, second linear portions 234 a 3, 234 b 3, 234 c 3, 234 d 3, 534 a 3, 534 b 3, 534 c 3, 534 d 3,
634a3, 634b3, 634c3, 634d3, 634e3, 634f3 hatched portions 36a, 38a, 236a, 238a, 636a, 636a2, 638a1, 638a2 gap portions 36b, 38b, 236b, 238b, 636b1, 636b1, 636b1, 636b1, 638b1 , 38c, 236c, 238c, 536c, 538c, 536d, 538d, 636c, 638c, 636d, 638d support part 236c1, 238c1 base part 236c2, 238c2 retaining end part 36d, 38d insertion hole 40, 240, 540, 541, 640, 641, 642 Opening / closing members 42a, 242a, 640a, 642a One fixed leading end portion 42b, 242b, 640b, 642b of the opening / closing member The other fixed leading end portion 44, 244 of the opening / closing member Winding portions 46a, 46b Fixed portions 47a, 47b, 247a, 247b Locking leg portions 48a, 48b Locking end portions 248a, 248b Restricting leg portions 50, 250, 550, 650 Binding staple locking portions 52a, 54a, 56a, 58a, 252a, 254a, 256a, 258a Convex parts 52b, 54b, 56b, 58b, 252b, 254b, 256b, 258b Concave parts 52c, 54c, 56c, 58c, 252c, 254c, 256c, 258c Inclined facing surfaces 52d, 54d, 56d, 58d of the convex parts 252d, 254d, 256d, 258d Inclined facing surfaces 60, 62, 160, 162, 260, 262, 560, 562, 660, 662 of the concave portions First holding portions 64, 66, 164, 166, 264, 266, 564 566,664,666 2nd holding part 561,565,661,665 3rd Holding portion 68, 70, 72, 74, 268, 270, 272, 274 Holding through hole 68a, 70a, 72a, 74a, 268a, 270a, 272a, 274a Notch 300 File binder 310 Front cover 312 Front cover 314 Back cover 316 Back Cover 318A, 318B Thin hinge part 320 Consecutive parts 322, 324 Binding pin fixing means

まず、この発明の一実施の形態である2穴真円型リング綴具について説明する。
図1は、本発明にかかる一実施の形態である綴具を用いたファイルを示す斜視図である。図2は、本発明にかかる一実施の形態である綴具の一例を示す斜視図であり、図3は、保持部材の斜視図である。図4は、作動部材及び開閉部材の斜視図解図である。図5は、開閉部材の平面図である。図6は、開閉部材の側面図解図で、(A)は元の状態の側面図解図で(B)は巻線部の円周方向に力を加えた状態の側面図解図である。図7は、綴杆及び作動部材の図解図であり、(A)は閉じた状態における綴杆と作動部材を示す平面図解図であり、(B)は第2の作動片の右側図解図である。図8は、閉じた状態における綴具の平面図である。図9は、閉じた状態における綴具の底面図である。図10は、閉じた状態における綴具の横断面図であり、(A)は、図9A−A断面図であり、(B)は、図9B−B断面図である。図11は、綴杆を開く状態を示す綴具の底面図である。図12は、綴杆を開く状態を示す綴具の綴杆の図解図である。
First, a two-hole perfect circle ring binding device according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described.
FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a file using a binding device according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing an example of a binding device according to an embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 3 is a perspective view of a holding member. FIG. 4 is a perspective view illustrating an operation member and an opening / closing member. FIG. 5 is a plan view of the opening / closing member. 6A and 6B are side view illustrations of the opening and closing member, FIG. 6A is a side view illustration of the original state, and FIG. 6B is a side view illustration of a state where force is applied in the circumferential direction of the winding portion. FIG. 7 is an illustrative view of the binding rod and the operating member, (A) is a plan view illustrating the binding rod and the operating member in a closed state, and (B) is a right side illustrative view of the second operating piece. is there. FIG. 8 is a plan view of the binding device in a closed state. FIG. 9 is a bottom view of the binding device in a closed state. 10 is a cross-sectional view of the binding device in a closed state, (A) is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 9A-A, and (B) is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 9B-B. FIG. 11 is a bottom view of the binding device showing a state where the binding rod is opened. FIG. 12 is an illustrative view of a binding device of a binding device showing a state in which the binding device is opened.

図1ないし2に示す綴具10は、厚紙その他の比較的硬質なシート材からなる表紙Aの略中央に形成される左右一対の折り線の内側の背表紙の内側表面に固定される。固定する方法としては、綴具10の長手方向の両端に形成された取付孔20(後に詳述する)にボルトとナットやはとめ等の固着具を挿通させて、背表紙と一体となるように固定する方法がある。
なお、ここでは、固着具として、ボルトとナットを用いて説明するが、これに限ることなく、例えば、ビス、はとめ、リベット等を用いてもよい。また、背表紙に対して、例えば、超音波溶着または高周波溶着することにより固着する方法を採用することもできる。
The binding device 10 shown in FIGS. 1 and 2 is fixed to the inner surface of the back cover inside the pair of left and right fold lines formed at the approximate center of the cover A made of cardboard or other relatively hard sheet material. As a fixing method, a fixing tool such as a bolt, a nut, and a fitting is inserted into mounting holes 20 (described in detail later) formed at both ends in the longitudinal direction of the binding tool 10 so as to be integrated with the spine. There is a way to fix.
In addition, although demonstrated using a volt | bolt and a nut as a fixing tool here, it is not restricted to this, For example, you may use a screw, a fitting, a rivet, etc. In addition, for example, a method of adhering to the spine by ultrasonic welding or high frequency welding can be employed.

綴具10は、環状の綴杆を構成する一対のそれぞれ略円環状の金属製の第1の綴杆12および第1の綴杆12と一対の第2の綴杆14と、前記第1の綴杆12および第2の綴杆14をそれぞれ間隔をおいて設けることができる長さを備えた保持部材16と、その表面に第1の綴杆12および第2の綴杆14が間隔をおいて第1の綴杆12および第2の綴杆14のそれぞれの基部が固定され、第1の綴杆12および第2の綴杆14が前記保持部材16に固定されるように保持部材16の内側に可動自在に固定された作動部材18とを備える。   The binding tool 10 includes a pair of substantially annular metal first binding rods 12 and a first binding rod 12 that form an annular binding rod, a pair of second binding rods 14, and the first The holding member 16 having a length capable of providing the binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 at intervals, and the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 on the surface thereof are spaced apart from each other. The bases of the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 are fixed, and the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 are fixed to the holding member 16 so that the holding member 16 is fixed. And an actuating member 18 movably fixed inside.

この綴具10の綴杆は、主綴杆たる第1の綴杆12と副綴杆たる第2の綴杆14とからなる開閉自在の2穴タイプである。
第1の綴杆12と第2の綴杆14とは、同一方向に向けて、その綴杆係止部50を指で外すことができるように構成されている。
そして、綴杆を閉じるときは、主綴杆たる第1の綴杆12を、例えば親指と人差し指で直接挟んで閉じるように構成されており、第1の綴杆12を2本の指で挟んで閉じる方向に作動させると、副綴杆たる第2の綴杆14は追動するように構成されている。
The binding device of the binding device 10 is a two-hole type that is openable and closable and includes a first binding rod 12 that is a main binding rod and a second binding rod 14 that is a secondary binding rod.
The 1st binding rod 12 and the 2nd binding rod 14 are comprised so that the binding staple locking part 50 can be removed with a finger | toe toward the same direction.
When closing the binding, the first binding 12, which is the main binding, is directly sandwiched between the thumb and forefinger, for example, and the first binding 12 is sandwiched between two fingers. The second binding rod 14 which is a secondary binding rod is configured to follow when operated in the closing direction.

保持部材16は、第1の綴杆12と第2の綴杆14とを所定の間隔をおいて設けることができる長さを備える平面視略長方形で、その両端、すなわち表紙Aに取り付ける取付孔20の近傍においては、平面視略半円弧状に形成されている。
保持部材16は、第1の綴杆12および第2の綴杆14を固定する部位より長手方向における外側近傍より内側に向かって、その中央が膨出した断面略半円弧状の被綴じ物載置部22を備え、且つ、被綴じ物載置部22の内側は保持空間を備え、その保持空間に作動部材18等を収容するように構成されている。
保持部材16の被綴じ物載置部22の両端には、その長手方向に略その一端から他端に亘って、作動部材18を摺動自在に保持する保持壁24が設けられている。この実施の形態においては、保持壁24は、保持部材16の長手方向において、第1の綴杆12および第2の綴杆14のそれぞれの外側近傍より内部に亘って略全体において垂下されるように、第1の保持壁24aおよび第2の保持壁24bが連設され、第1の保持壁24aと第2の保持壁24bとは平行で略同一の形状の板状である。
そして、この第1の保持壁24aおよび第2の保持壁24bと被綴じ物載置部22によって囲繞された保持空間内に、後に詳しく説明する作動部材18等が収容される。
The holding member 16 has a substantially rectangular shape in a plan view and has a length that allows the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 to be provided at a predetermined interval. In the vicinity of 20, it is formed in a substantially semicircular arc shape in plan view.
The holding member 16 is mounted on a binding object having a substantially semicircular cross-section with a center bulging from the vicinity of the outer side in the longitudinal direction toward the inner side from the portion where the first binding bar 12 and the second binding bar 14 are fixed. The holding part 22 is provided, and the inside of the binding object mounting part 22 is provided with a holding space, and the operation member 18 and the like are accommodated in the holding space.
At both ends of the binding object mounting portion 22 of the holding member 16, holding walls 24 that slidably hold the operating member 18 are provided from substantially one end to the other end in the longitudinal direction. In this embodiment, the holding wall 24 hangs down substantially entirely from the outside vicinity of the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 in the longitudinal direction of the holding member 16. In addition, a first holding wall 24a and a second holding wall 24b are connected in series, and the first holding wall 24a and the second holding wall 24b are parallel and have substantially the same plate shape.
In the holding space surrounded by the first holding wall 24 a and the second holding wall 24 b and the binding object mounting portion 22, an operation member 18 described later in detail is accommodated.

保持部材16の被綴じ物載置部22には、第1の綴杆12と第2の綴杆14とを、一定の間隔(日本工業規格等で決められている一定の長さ)をおいて遊貫するための第1の貫通孔26と第2の貫通孔28がそれぞれ穿設されている。
第1の貫通孔26と第2の貫通孔28とは、第1の綴杆12を構成する第1の半割杆12aおよび第2の半割杆12bと、第2の綴杆14を構成する第3の半割杆14aおよび第4の半割杆14bとに対応して、保持部材16の幅方向において左右に分かれて一定の間隔をおいて、2つずつ穿設されている。
The first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 are placed at a certain interval (a certain length determined by Japanese Industrial Standards) on the object mounting portion 22 of the holding member 16. A first through hole 26 and a second through hole 28 are formed for loose penetration.
The first through-hole 26 and the second through-hole 28 constitute the first binding rod 12 a and the second half-cutting rod 12 b constituting the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14. Corresponding to the third half-cut bar 14a and the fourth half-cut bar 14b, two holes are provided in the width direction of the holding member 16 at right and left sides with a predetermined interval.

作動部材18は、平面視略長方形状金属板からなる一対の第1の作動片30および第2の作動片32からなる。
第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、その長手方向において、第1の保持壁24a及び第2の保持壁24bと平行でその内面に摺動する外側端縁30b及び外側端縁32bが形成され、該外側端縁30b及び外側端縁32bと平行に当該一対の第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32を突き合わせる突き合わせ縁30a及び突き合わせ縁32aが内側縁に形成されている。第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、点対称で、保持部材16の保持空間内において各々をその長手方向において並置したとき、各々その内側縁において屈曲自在に係合する。
The actuating member 18 includes a pair of first actuating pieces 30 and second actuating pieces 32 made of a substantially rectangular metal plate in plan view.
The first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 have an outer edge 30b and an outer edge that slide in the inner surface in parallel with the first holding wall 24a and the second holding wall 24b in the longitudinal direction. 32b is formed, and a butt edge 30a and a butt edge 32a for abutting the pair of first operating piece 30 and second operating piece 32 in parallel with the outer edge 30b and the outer edge 32b are formed on the inner edge. ing. The first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 are point-symmetric, and when they are juxtaposed in the longitudinal direction in the holding space of the holding member 16, each of the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 engages flexibly at the inner edge thereof.

そして、第1の作動片30および第2の作動片32は、外側から力が加わらないときには、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32とが谷折り、すなわち保持部材16の被綴じ物載置部22の内面より離れた方向(突き合わせ縁30aおよび突き合わせ縁32aが、図7図示平面Pxyより下側)に向いて、あるいはまた、山折り、すなわち保持部材16の被綴じ物載置部22の内面に近づいた方向(突き合わせ縁30aおよび突き合わせ縁32aが図7図示平面Pxyより上側)に向いて、その谷折りまたは山折りの状態を維持するように、保持部材16の内側空間部に内設されている。
平面Pxyとは、第1の綴杆12と第2の綴杆14それぞれの基部が第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32に固着された部分(4箇所)を通る左右軸Y1,Y2および前後軸X1,X2(図7図示)を含む平面である。
When the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 are not applied with force from the outside, the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 are valley-folded, that is, the holding member 16 is bound. The direction facing away from the inner surface of the object placement portion 22 (the abutting edge 30a and the abutting edge 32a are below the plane Pxy shown in FIG. 7) or a mountain fold, that is, the object to be bound of the holding member 16 is placed. The inner space portion of the holding member 16 is maintained so as to maintain the valley fold or mountain fold state in the direction approaching the inner surface of the portion 22 (the butt edge 30a and the butt edge 32a are above the plane Pxy in FIG. 7). Is installed inside.
The plane Pxy is a left-right axis Y1, which passes through portions (four places) where the bases of the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 are fixed to the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32, respectively. This is a plane including Y2 and the longitudinal axes X1 and X2 (shown in FIG. 7).

作動部材18は、一方の作動片、すなわち第1の作動片30における保持部材16の被綴じ物載置部22の内側面と対向する表面(すなわち上面)には、第1の綴杆12を構成する第1の半割杆12aの基部が固定され、且つ、前記第1の半割杆12aとは一定の間隔をおいて、第2の綴杆14を構成する第3の半割杆14aの基部が固定されている。
また、他方の作動片、すなわち第2の作動片32における保持部材16の被綴じ物載置部22と対向する表面(すなわち上面)には、第1の綴杆12を構成する第2の半割杆12bの基部が固定され、且つ、前記第2の半割杆12bと一定の間隔をおいて、第2の綴杆14を構成する第4の半割杆14bの基部が固定されている。
The actuating member 18 has the first binding rod 12 on one actuating piece, that is, on the surface (that is, the upper surface) of the holding member 16 of the first actuating piece 30 facing the inner surface of the binding object mounting portion 22. The base part of the 1st half-split 12a to comprise is fixed, and the 3rd half-split 14a which comprises the 2nd staple 14 at a fixed space | interval with the said 1st half-split 12a. The base of is fixed.
The second working piece, that is, the second half of the second working piece 32, which is the second half constituting the first binding rod 12, is disposed on the surface (that is, the upper surface) of the holding member 16 that faces the binding object mounting portion 22. The base of the split 12b is fixed, and the base of the fourth half split 14b constituting the second binding rod 14 is fixed at a constant distance from the second half split 12b. .

一方の作動片、すなわち第1の作動片30は、前記保持部材16に形成された前記貫通孔、すなわち第1の保持壁24aの保持貫通孔68(第1の作動片30の長さ方向において第1の貫通孔26より外側に形成)と保持貫通孔70(第1の作動片30の長さ方向において第2の貫通孔28より外側に形成)とに通される突出部30c1(第1の半割杆12aより外側に形成)および突出部30c2(第3の半割杆14aより外側に形成)が形成されている。
第2の作動片32は、前記保持部材16に形成された前記貫通孔、すなわち第2の保持壁24bの保持貫通孔72(第2の作動片32の長さ方向において第1の貫通孔26より外側に形成)と保持貫通孔74(第2の作動片32の長さ方向において第2の貫通孔28より外側に形成)とに通される突出部32c1(第2の半割杆12bより外側に形成)と突出部32c2(第4の半割杆14bより外側に形成)が形成されている。
そして、一対の第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、前記突出部30c1と突出部30c2および突出部32c1および突出部32c2が前記保持貫通孔68と保持貫通孔70及び保持貫通孔72と保持貫通孔74に通された状態で突き合わされている。第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、突き合わせ縁30aおよび突き合わせ縁32aが、綴杆、すなわち第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14を開いた際には前記保持部材16の内面に近づき且つ前記第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14を閉じた際には前記保持部材16の内面から離れるように、前記第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14を開閉する方向に揺動可能に、前記保持部材16に保持される。
One working piece, that is, the first working piece 30 is formed in the through hole formed in the holding member 16, that is, the holding through hole 68 of the first holding wall 24a (in the length direction of the first working piece 30). Projection 30c1 (first formed through outer side of first through hole 26) and holding through hole 70 (formed from second through hole 28 in the length direction of first operating piece 30) ) And a protrusion 30c2 (formed outside the third half split bar 14a).
The second operating piece 32 includes the through hole formed in the holding member 16, that is, the holding through hole 72 of the second holding wall 24b (the first through hole 26 in the length direction of the second operating piece 32). A protrusion 32c1 (from the second half split plate 12b) that passes through the holding through hole 74 (formed outside the second through hole 28 in the length direction of the second working piece 32). Formed on the outside) and a protrusion 32c2 (formed on the outside of the fourth half-cut rib 14b).
The pair of first operating piece 30 and second operating piece 32 includes the projecting portion 30c1, the projecting portion 30c2, the projecting portion 32c1 and the projecting portion 32c2, the holding through hole 68, the holding through hole 70 and the holding through hole. 72 and the holding through-hole 74. The first actuating piece 30 and the second actuating piece 32 are configured so that the abutting edge 30a and the abutting edge 32a are formed of the holding member when the staple, that is, the first staple 12 and the second staple 14 are opened. When the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 are closed, the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod are separated from the inner surface of the holding member 16 when the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 are closed. 14 is held by the holding member 16 so as to be swingable in the direction of opening and closing.

第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、一対の作動片が突き合わされる略直線状の突き合わせ縁30a及び突き合わせ縁32aが内側(第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32の幅方向において)に形成され、前記突き合わせ縁30a及び突き合わせ縁32aと略平行な略直線状の外側端縁30b及び外側端縁32bが外側(第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32の幅方向において)に形成されている。
第1の作動片30の外側端縁30bは、突出部30c1と第1の半割杆12aの基部との間の第1外側端縁30b1及び突出部30c2と第3の半割杆14aの基部との間の第1外側端縁30b2が、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32とを水平に並置したとき第1の保持壁24aと接近し、第1の半割杆12aと第3の半割杆14aの間の第2外側端縁30b3が第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32とを水平に並置したとき第1の保持壁24aと接合せず、隙間が形成されるように、2種形成されている。
第2の作動片32の外側端縁32bは、突出部32c1と第2の半割杆12bの基部との間の第1外側端縁32b1及び突出部32c2と第4の半割杆14bの基部との間の第1外側端縁32b2が、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32とを水平に並置したとき第2の保持壁24bと接近し、第2の半割杆12bと第4の半割杆14bの間の第2外側端縁32b3が第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32とを水平に並置したとき第2の保持壁24bと接合せず、隙間が形成されるように、2種形成されている。
すなわち、その突き合わせ縁30aおよび突き合わせ縁32aが突き合わされ且つ外側端縁30bの第1外側端縁30b1と第1外側端縁30b2および外側端縁32bの第1外側端縁32b1と第1外側端縁32b2が保持部材16の第1の保持壁24aと第2の保持壁24bとの両壁内内側面に接近する。
The first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 have a substantially linear butting edge 30a and abutting edge 32a on the inner side (the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32). The outer edge 30b and the outer edge 32b that are substantially linear and substantially parallel to the butt edge 30a and the butt edge 32a are formed on the outer side (the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32). In the width direction).
The outer edge 30b of the first actuating piece 30 has a first outer edge 30b1 between the protrusion 30c1 and the base of the first half split 12a, and a base of the protrusion 30c2 and the third half split 14a. The first outer end edge 30b2 between the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 approaches the first holding wall 24a when the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 are juxtaposed horizontally, When the second outer end edge 30b3 between the third half-cut rods 14a juxtaposes the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 horizontally, the first holding wall 24a is not joined, and a gap is left. Two types are formed so as to be formed.
The outer end edge 32b of the second working piece 32 has a first outer end edge 32b1 between the protrusion 32c1 and the base of the second half split 12b, and a base of the protrusion 32c2 and the fourth half split 14b. The first outer end edge 32b2 between the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 is juxtaposed with the second holding wall 24b when the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 are horizontally juxtaposed, When the second outer edge 32b3 between the fourth half-cuts 14b and the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 are juxtaposed horizontally, the second holding wall 24b is not joined and a gap is left. Two types are formed so as to be formed.
That is, the butted edge 30a and the butted edge 32a are butted and the first outer edge 30b1 and the first outer edge 30b2 of the outer edge 30b and the first outer edge 32b1 and the first outer edge of the outer edge 32b. 32b2 approaches the inner inner surfaces of both the first holding wall 24a and the second holding wall 24b of the holding member 16.

前記突出部30c1と突出部30c2とは、第1の半割杆12aと第3の半割杆14aの基部の取付け位置に近い位置である第1の作動片30の長さ方向において外側で、それぞれ前後に間隔をあけて一対形成され、且つ、突出部32c1と突出部32c2とは、第2の半割杆12bと第4の半割杆14bの基部の取付け位置に近い位置である第2の作動片32の長さ方向において外側で、それぞれ前後に間隔をあけて一対形成され、第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14の開閉ができるように、保持部材16の第1の保持壁24a及び第2の保持壁24bより外側に突出している。
突出部30c1と突出部30c2とは、保持部材16の第1の保持壁24aの保持貫通孔68及び保持貫通孔70より外側に突き出る長さを備え、また、突出部32c1と突出部32c2とは、保持部材16の第2の保持壁24bの保持貫通孔72及び保持貫通孔74より外側に突き出る長さを備え、且つ、作動部材18が保持部材16の長手方向に移動可能な幅を有する舌状である。
作動片は、金属またプラスチックの薄板からなり、作動片と突出部とは一体成形されてなる。
The projecting portion 30c1 and the projecting portion 30c2 are outside in the length direction of the first operating piece 30 which is a position close to the mounting position of the bases of the first half split bar 12a and the third half split bar 14a, A pair of protrusions 32c1 and 32c2 are formed at a distance from each other in the front-rear direction, and the protrusions 32c1 and 32c2 are positions close to the attachment positions of the bases of the second and fourth half-cuts 12b and 14b. A pair of first and second binding rods 14 and 14 are formed on the outer side in the longitudinal direction of the operating piece 32 with a space in the front-rear direction, so that the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 can be opened and closed. It protrudes outward from the holding wall 24a and the second holding wall 24b.
The protruding portion 30c1 and the protruding portion 30c2 have a length protruding outward from the holding through hole 68 and the holding through hole 70 of the first holding wall 24a of the holding member 16, and the protruding portion 32c1 and the protruding portion 32c2 A tongue having a length protruding outward from the holding through-hole 72 and the holding through-hole 74 of the second holding wall 24b of the holding member 16 and having a width in which the actuating member 18 is movable in the longitudinal direction of the holding member 16 Is.
The operating piece is made of a thin plate of metal or plastic, and the operating piece and the protrusion are formed integrally.

前記第1の作動片30は、前記突き合わせ縁30aとは離れた位置で、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴杆12の基部と第2の綴杆14の基部とを結ぶ方向(図7図示X1及びX2方向)に近い方向にのびる突条30hが形成されている。この実施の形態においては、第1の綴杆12の基部と第2の綴杆14の基部とを結ぶ方向と平行で第1の作動片30の長さ方向にのびる。
前記突条30hは、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴杆12の基部と第2の綴杆14の基部の間で外側端縁30bの第2外側端縁30b3において、連続して、第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14が突出する方向とは反対側に向けて突設されている。
前記突条30hは、第1の作動片30を構成する平板状の金属製板体を断面L字形に折り曲げて形成されている。
また、前記第2の作動片32は、前記突き合わせ縁32aとは離れた位置で、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴杆12の基部と第2の綴杆14の基部とを結ぶ方向(図7図示X1及びX2方向)に近い方向にのびる突条32hが形成されている。この実施の形態においては、第1の綴杆12の基部と第2の綴杆14の基部とを結ぶ方向と平行で第2の作動片32の長さ方向にのびる。
前記突条32hは、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴杆12の基部と第2の綴杆14の基部の間で外側端縁32bの第2外側端縁32b3において、連続して、第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14が突出する方向とは反対側に向けて突設されている。
前記突条32hは、第2の作動片32を構成する平板状の金属製板体を断面L字形に折り曲げて形成されている。
したがって、第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、第1の綴杆12の基部と第2の綴杆14の基部間におけるしなりが、突条30h及び突条32hにより防止される。
The first actuating piece 30 is connected to the base of the first binding rod 14 and the base of the second binding rod 14 provided at a distance from the butting edge 30a (see FIG. 7 (X1 and X2 directions shown in FIG. 7) is formed in the direction close to the protrusion 30h. In this embodiment, the first working piece 30 extends in the length direction in parallel with the direction connecting the base portion of the first binding rod 12 and the base portion of the second binding rod 14.
The ridge 30h is continuous between the base portion of the first binding rod 12 and the base portion of the second binding rod 14 provided at an interval, at the second outer end edge 30b3 of the outer end edge 30b, The first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 project toward the opposite side to the protruding direction.
The protrusion 30h is formed by bending a flat metal plate constituting the first working piece 30 into an L-shaped cross section.
In addition, the second operating piece 32 is connected to the base portion of the first binding rod 12 and the base portion of the second binding rod 14 that are spaced apart from each other at the position apart from the butt edge 32a. A protrusion 32h extending in a direction close to (in the direction of X1 and X2 in FIG. 7) is formed. In this embodiment, the second working piece 32 extends in the length direction in parallel with the direction connecting the base portion of the first binding rod 12 and the base portion of the second binding rod 14.
The protrusion 32h is continuously formed at the second outer end edge 32b3 of the outer end edge 32b between the base portion of the first binding rod 12 and the base portion of the second binding rod 14 provided at intervals. The first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 project toward the opposite side to the protruding direction.
The protrusion 32h is formed by bending a flat metal plate constituting the second working piece 32 into an L-shaped cross section.
Therefore, the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 are prevented from being bent between the base portion of the first binding rod 12 and the base portion of the second binding rod 14 by the protrusion 30h and the protrusion 32h. The

前記第1の作動片30は、一対の作動片を係合させるための係合部30d及び係合部30eが、第1の作動片30の突き合わせ縁30aから第2の作動片32の突き合わせ縁32aに向けて突き出し設けられ、且つ、一対の作動片を係合させるための係合部32d及び係合部32eが、第2の作動片32の突き合わせ縁32aから第1の作動片30の突き合わせ縁30aに向けて突き出し設けられている。
係合部30d及び係合部30eと係合部32d及び係合部32eは、対向する第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32の上側に向けて延びて突き合わせ縁30a及び突き合わせ縁32aを中心にして第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32とが揺動するように形成されている。
The first operating piece 30 includes an engaging portion 30d and an engaging portion 30e for engaging a pair of operating pieces, and the abutting edge of the second operating piece 32 from the abutting edge 30a of the first operating piece 30. The engaging portion 32d and the engaging portion 32e, which are provided so as to protrude toward 32a and engage the pair of operating pieces, are abutted against the first operating piece 30 from the abutting edge 32a of the second operating piece 32. It protrudes toward the edge 30a.
The engaging portion 30d and the engaging portion 30e and the engaging portion 32d and the engaging portion 32e extend toward the upper side of the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 facing each other, and the butt edge 30a and the butt edge 32a. The first actuating piece 30 and the second actuating piece 32 are formed to oscillate around the center.

係合部30d及び係合部30eと係合部32d及び係合部32eは、保持部材16の被綴じ物載置部22の内面側に向けて、作動部材18の厚み分を突き出された基部と、前記基部の先端より突き出された押さえ部とを備えた平面視略U字状に形成されている。そして、押さえ部は、一対の作動片たる第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32のうちの片一方の作動片たる第1の作動片30または第2の作動片32のはずれ止めの機能を備え、係合部30d及び係合部30eと係合部32d及び係合部32eは、保持部材16の被綴じ物載置部22の内面側に向けて突き出されて、一対の作動片たる第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32の片一方の作動片、すなわち第1の作動片30または第2の作動片32の保持部材16の被綴じ物載置部22の内面側において接近している。
最も外側の係合部30d及び係合部32dは、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32を逆方向に移動させたときにおいても作動部材18の端縁より内側に位置する幅を備えている。
最も外側の係合部30d及び32dと内側の係合部30e及び32eとは、第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14の基部が取付けられた部位を挟んで適宜な間隔をおいて形成されている。
The engaging portion 30d and the engaging portion 30e and the engaging portion 32d and the engaging portion 32e are protruded toward the inner surface side of the binding object mounting portion 22 of the holding member 16 by the thickness of the operating member 18. And a pressing portion protruding from the distal end of the base portion. The pressing portion is configured to prevent the first operating piece 30 or the second operating piece 32 that is one of the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 as a pair of operating pieces from being detached. The engaging portion 30d and the engaging portion 30e and the engaging portion 32d and the engaging portion 32e are protruded toward the inner surface side of the binding object mounting portion 22 of the holding member 16, and a pair of operating pieces. One working piece of the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32, that is, the inner surface side of the binding object mounting portion 22 of the holding member 16 of the first working piece 30 or the second working piece 32. Is approaching.
The outermost engaging portion 30d and the engaging portion 32d have a width located inside the end edge of the operating member 18 even when the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 are moved in the opposite directions. I have.
The outermost engaging portions 30d and 32d and the inner engaging portions 30e and 32e are spaced at an appropriate distance across the portion where the bases of the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 are attached. Is formed.

そして、前記第1の綴杆12および第2の綴杆14が閉じるときには、図10に示すように、作動部材18を構成する第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、その突き合わせ縁30aおよび突き合わせ縁32aが保持部材16の内面(被綴じ物載置部22の内面)より離れた方向に向いて(すなわち谷折りの状態)、第1の作動片30の突き合わせ縁30aと第2の作動片32の突き合わせ縁32aとが突き合わされた状態において保持されるとともに、前記第1の綴杆12および第2の綴杆14を開くときには、図15に示すように、作動部材18を構成する第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、保持部材16の内面(被綴じ物載置部22の内面)に近づいた方向に向いて(すなわち山折り状態)、第2の作動片32の突き合わせ縁32aとが突き合わされた状態に保持されるように保持部材16内の空間において固定される。   And when the said 1st binding rod 12 and the 2nd binding rod 14 close, as shown in FIG. 10, the 1st action | operation piece 30 and the 2nd action | operation piece 32 which comprise the action | operation member 18 are the butting | matching. The rim 30a and the butt edge 32a face away from the inner surface of the holding member 16 (the inner surface of the binding object mounting portion 22) (that is, in a valley fold state), and the butt edge 30a of the first working piece 30 and the first 15, when the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 are opened, the operating member 18 is moved as shown in FIG. 15. The first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 constituting the second working piece 32 are directed in the direction approaching the inner surface of the holding member 16 (the inner surface of the binding object mounting portion 22) (that is, in a mountain-folded state). Butt of actuating piece 32 It is fixed in the space inside the holding member 16 to be held in a state where the edge 32a butted.

また、作動部材18を構成する第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、保持部材16の被綴じ物載置部22の内面に近づいた方向、すなわち山折りの状態においては、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32の長手方向、すなわち第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32に固着された第1の半割杆12aと第3の半割杆14aとを結ぶ線(X1(図7図示))および第2の半割杆12bと第4の半割杆14bとを結ぶ線(X2(図7図示))と平行な方向に、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32とを移動させることができるように摺動自在に内設されている。   Further, the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 constituting the operating member 18 are arranged in the direction approaching the inner surface of the binding object mounting portion 22 of the holding member 16, that is, in the mountain fold state. The longitudinal direction of one working piece 30 and the second working piece 32, that is, the first half-split 12 a and the third half-split 14 a fixed to the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32, In the direction parallel to the line (X1 (shown in FIG. 7)) connecting the second half-split bar 12b and the fourth half-split bar 14b (X2 (shown in FIG. 7)). 30 and the second operating piece 32 are slidably provided so as to be movable.

第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、空隙部36a及び空隙部38aと開閉部材固定部36b及び開閉部材固定部38bの外側近傍において、第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32の長手方向への移動を規制する移動規制部が形成される。
移動規制部は、第1の作動片30の突き合わせ縁30aに形成された規制凹部30f及び規制凸起30gと、第2の作動片32の突き合わせ縁32aに形成された規制凹部32f及び規制凸起32gとから形成される。
規制凹部30fは、開閉部材固定部36bの外側近傍において、突き合わせ縁30aより幅方向において凹んだ平面視コ字型の穴であり、規制凸起32gは、前記規制凹部30fと遊嵌するように形成された平面視コ字型の凸起であり、規制凹部30fに規制凸起32gが遊嵌されて、規制凹部30f内において第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32がその長手方向に互い違いに移動するように形成されている。
規制凹部32fは、開閉部材固定部38bの外側近傍において、突き合わせ縁32aより幅方向において凹んだ平面視コ字型の穴であり、規制凸起30gは、前記規制凹部32fと遊嵌するように形成された平面視コ字型の凸起であり、規制凹部32fに規制凸起30gが遊嵌されて、規制凹部32f内において第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32がその長手方向に互い違いに移動するように形成されている。
The first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 are provided in the vicinity of the outer side of the gap 36a and the gap 38a and the opening / closing member fixing part 36b and the opening / closing member fixing part 38b. A movement restricting portion for restricting the movement of the piece 32 in the longitudinal direction is formed.
The movement restricting portion includes a restricting recess 30f and a restricting protrusion 30g formed on the butting edge 30a of the first operating piece 30, and a restricting recess 32f and a restricting protrusion formed on the butting edge 32a of the second actuating piece 32. 32g.
The restriction recess 30f is a U-shaped hole in a plan view that is recessed in the width direction from the butt edge 30a in the vicinity of the outside of the opening / closing member fixing portion 36b, and the restriction protrusion 32g is loosely fitted to the restriction recess 30f. The projection is a U-shaped projection in plan view, and the regulation projection 32g is loosely fitted in the regulation recess 30f, and the first working piece 30 and the second actuation piece 32 are in the longitudinal direction in the regulation recess 30f. It is formed to move alternately.
The restriction recess 32f is a U-shaped hole that is recessed in the width direction from the abutting edge 32a in the vicinity of the outside of the opening / closing member fixing portion 38b, and the restriction protrusion 30g is loosely fitted to the restriction recess 32f. The projection is a U-shaped projection in plan view, and the regulation projection 30g is loosely fitted in the regulation recess 32f, and the first working piece 30 and the second actuation piece 32 are in the longitudinal direction in the regulation recess 32f. It is formed to move alternately.

第1の作動片30の突き合わせ縁30a及び第2の作動片32の突き合わせ縁32aに、第1の綴杆12と第2の綴杆14とを開閉方向に変化させる開閉部材40が設けられている。
開閉部材40は、ねじりコイルバネからなり、巻線部44と巻線部44の両端から巻線部44の中心軸と直交する方向に伸びる固定先端部42aと固定先端部42bとが連設され、ねじりモーメントが発生しない元の状態は、図6(A)に示すように、巻線部44の円周方向に固定先端部42aと固定先端部42bとが平行に突き出されている。固定先端部42a及び固定先端部42bは、巻線部44から突き出された直線状の固定部46aおよび固定部46bと、該固定部46a及び固定部46bの自由端側に連設された係止脚部47a及び係止脚部47bと、該係止脚部47a及び係止脚部47bの固定部46a及び固定部46bとは反対側の自由端側に連設された係止端部48a及び係止端部48bとを備えている。そして、固定部46a及び固定部46bと係止脚部47a及び係止脚部47bとは直交し、係止脚部47a及び係止脚部47bと係止端部48a及び係止端部48bとは直交している。
ねじりモーメントが発生しない元の状態においては、一方の固定部46aともう一方の固定部46bとは平行に、 一方の係止脚部47aともう一方の係止脚部47bとは平行に、及び一方の係止端部48aともう一方の係止端部48bとは平行になるように形成されている。
An opening / closing member 40 for changing the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 in the opening / closing direction is provided at the butting edge 30a of the first operating piece 30 and the butting edge 32a of the second operating piece 32. Yes.
The opening / closing member 40 is composed of a torsion coil spring, and a fixed tip portion 42a and a fixed tip portion 42b that extend from both ends of the winding portion 44 and the winding portion 44 in a direction orthogonal to the central axis of the winding portion 44 are connected. In the original state where no torsional moment is generated, as shown in FIG. 6A, the fixed tip portion 42 a and the fixed tip portion 42 b are projected in parallel in the circumferential direction of the winding portion 44. The fixed tip portion 42a and the fixed tip portion 42b are linearly fixed portions 46a and fixed portions 46b protruding from the winding portion 44, and latches connected to the free end sides of the fixed portions 46a and fixed portions 46b. A leg portion 47a and a locking leg portion 47b; a locking end portion 48a connected to the free end side opposite to the fixing portion 46a and the fixing portion 46b of the locking leg portion 47a and the locking leg portion 47b; And a locking end 48b. The fixing portion 46a and the fixing portion 46b are orthogonal to the locking leg portion 47a and the locking leg portion 47b, and the locking leg portion 47a and the locking leg portion 47b are connected to the locking end portion 48a and the locking end portion 48b. Are orthogonal.
In the original state where no torsional moment is generated, one fixing part 46a and the other fixing part 46b are parallel to each other, one locking leg part 47a and the other locking leg part 47b are parallel to each other, and One locking end 48a and the other locking end 48b are formed in parallel.

この綴具10を構成する第1の作動片30の突き合わせ縁30aの略中央付近には、空隙部36aが形成され、且つ、第2の作動片32の突き合わせ縁32aの略中央付近にも、空隙部38aが形成されるとともに、前記空隙部36aの一方端には、開閉部材40を係止する開閉部材固定部36bが突設され、且つ、前記空隙部38aの一方端には、開閉部材40を係止する開閉部材固定部38bが突設されている。
前記開閉部材固定部36b及び前記開閉部材固定部38bは、第1の作動片30に第1の綴杆12が固定された基部を結ぶ線X1、または第2の作動片32に第2の綴杆14が固定された基部を結ぶ線X2の延びる方向に離れて形成されている。
A gap 36a is formed in the vicinity of the approximate center of the butting edge 30a of the first operating piece 30 constituting the binding tool 10, and also in the vicinity of the approximately center of the butting edge 32a of the second operating piece 32, A gap portion 38a is formed, and an opening / closing member fixing portion 36b for locking the opening / closing member 40 projects from one end of the gap portion 36a, and an opening / closing member is provided at one end of the gap portion 38a. An opening / closing member fixing portion 38b for locking 40 is projected.
The opening / closing member fixing portion 36b and the opening / closing member fixing portion 38b are connected to the first operating piece 30 by a line X1 connecting the base portion where the first binding rod 12 is fixed, or the second operating piece 32 has a second binding. It is formed away in the direction in which the line X2 connecting the bases to which the collars 14 are fixed extends.

そして、開閉部材40は、前記開閉部材固定部36b及び開閉部材固定部38bに巻線部44の両端が係止されて前記空隙部36a及び空隙部38aに収納される。
そして、前記開閉部材40の巻線部44の両端から延びる先端部を支持するために、前記作動部材18に支持部36c及び支持部38cが形成されている。
前記開閉部材40の巻線部44の両端から延びる固定先端部は、第1の作動片30の支持部36c及び第2の作動片32の支持部38cに係止され、支持されている。
すなわち、一方の固定先端部42aは、巻線部44端部が係止される前記開閉部材固定部38bが形成された第2の作動片32に対向する第1の作動片30の支持部36cに支持され、またもう一方の固定先端部42bは、開閉部材固定部36bが形成された第1の作動片30に対向する第2の作動片32の支持部38cに支持されている。
The opening / closing member 40 is housed in the gap portion 36a and the gap portion 38a with both ends of the winding portion 44 being engaged with the opening / closing member fixing portion 36b and the opening / closing member fixing portion 38b.
A support portion 36 c and a support portion 38 c are formed on the operating member 18 in order to support the tip portions extending from both ends of the winding portion 44 of the opening / closing member 40.
The fixed front end portion extending from both ends of the winding portion 44 of the opening / closing member 40 is engaged and supported by the support portion 36c of the first operating piece 30 and the support portion 38c of the second operating piece 32.
That is, one fixed tip 42a is a support 36c of the first working piece 30 that faces the second working piece 32 in which the opening / closing member fixing portion 38b to which the end of the winding portion 44 is locked is formed. The other fixed tip 42b is supported by a support portion 38c of the second working piece 32 that faces the first working piece 30 in which the opening / closing member fixing portion 36b is formed.

固定先端部42a及び固定先端部42bは、固定部46a及び固定部46bの長さが一定であり、係止脚部47aが作動部材18の支持部36cに及び係止脚部47bが作動部材18の支持部38cに係止されるために、第1の作動片30の突き合わせ縁30a及び第2の作動片32の突き合わせ縁32aにおいて突き合わされた第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32との間における距離を、一定に保ち、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32とを引き寄せてそれぞれの位置関係を最適な状態に保つ。
したがって、綴杆を構成する第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14の開閉時において、第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32が突き合わせ縁30a及び突き合わせ縁32aを枢軸として揺動するときにおいて、第1の作動片30の幅と第2の作動片32の幅との和が最大になったとき、すなわち、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32とが平面状態(中立状態)になったときにおいても、第1の作動片30の最も外側の縁(外側端縁30b及び突条30h)と保持部材16の第1の保持壁24aとの間及び第2の作動片32の最も外側の縁(外側端縁32b及び突条32h)と保持部材16の第2の保持壁24bとの間に適宜な間隙が生じ、保持部材16の保持空間内において作動部材18の第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32が円滑に移動できる。
The fixed tip portion 42a and the fixed tip portion 42b have the same lengths of the fixed portion 46a and the fixed portion 46b, the locking leg portion 47a serves as the support portion 36c of the operating member 18, and the locking leg portion 47b serves as the operating member 18. The first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 which are abutted at the abutting edge 30a of the first actuating piece 30 and the abutting edge 32a of the second actuating piece 32 to be locked to the support portion 38c of the first actuating piece The distance between the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 is kept close to each other and the positional relationship between them is kept in an optimum state.
Therefore, when the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 constituting the binding rod are opened and closed, the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 swing around the butting edge 30a and the butting edge 32a as pivots. When moving, when the sum of the width of the first working piece 30 and the width of the second working piece 32 is maximized, that is, the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 are flat. Even when the state (neutral state) is reached, the second outermost edge (outer edge 30b and protrusion 30h) of the first working piece 30 and the first holding wall 24a of the holding member 16 and the second An appropriate gap is formed between the outermost edge (outer end edge 32b and protrusion 32h) of the operating piece 32 and the second holding wall 24b of the holding member 16, and the operating member is held in the holding space of the holding member 16. 18 first working pieces 30 and second working pieces 32 are smoothly It can be dynamic.

前記半割杆が組み合わされて第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14が形成されているとき、前記保持部材16の長手方向における前記開閉部材40の両側の先端部間の距離(固定先端部42aの係止端部48aと固定先端部42bの係止端部48bとの間の距離)は、前記巻線部44の両端の距離と略々同一に形成されている。
そして、1対の前記第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、前記保持部材16の長手方向において互いに逆方向に移動させることにより、前記半割杆の組み合わせによる前記第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14が分離され、前記第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14が分離されたときに、前記開閉部材40の両先端部が平面視略平行な状態から互いにやや離れる方向にわん曲した後に略平行となった状態で、前記開閉部材40は、前記第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32とを付勢して、前記第1の半割杆12aと第2の半割杆12b及び第3の半割杆14aと第4の半割杆14bとを開放させる。
When the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 are formed by combining the half splits, the distance (fixed) between the tip portions on both sides of the opening / closing member 40 in the longitudinal direction of the holding member 16 The distance between the locking end portion 48a of the tip end portion 42a and the locking end portion 48b of the fixed tip end portion 42b) is formed substantially the same as the distance between both ends of the winding portion 44.
Then, the pair of the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 are moved in the opposite directions in the longitudinal direction of the holding member 16, so that the first binding by the combination of the half splits is performed. When the collar 12 and the second staple 14 are separated, and the first staple 12 and the second staple 14 are separated, the both end portions of the opening and closing member 40 are substantially parallel to each other in plan view. The opening / closing member 40 urges the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 in a state of being substantially parallel after bending in a direction slightly away from each other, so that the first half-split is performed. The heel 12a and the second half-cotton 12b and the third half-cotton 14a and the fourth half-cotton 14b are opened.

開閉部材固定部36b及び開閉部材固定部38bは、直線状の突き合わせ縁30a及び突き合わせ縁32aに一直線状に並ぶように、空隙部36a及び空隙部38aの中央に向けて突き出され、開閉部材40の巻線部44の内側に形成された貫通孔内に挿入される太さと長さを有するように形成されている。   The opening / closing member fixing portion 36b and the opening / closing member fixing portion 38b are protruded toward the center of the gap portion 36a and the gap portion 38a so as to be aligned with the straight abutting edge 30a and the abutting edge 32a. It is formed so as to have a thickness and a length to be inserted into a through hole formed inside the winding portion 44.

支持部36c及び支持部38cは、第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32の長手方向(第1の作動片30はO1方向、第2の作動片32はO2方向(図7図示))にのびる細孔であり、固定先端部42a及び固定先端部42bを第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32の一方主面から他方主面に向けて挿入するための挿入孔36d及び挿入孔38dに連続して設けられている。   The support part 36c and the support part 38c are longitudinal directions of the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 (the first working piece 30 is in the O1 direction, and the second working piece 32 is in the O2 direction (shown in FIG. 7). Insertion holes 36d for inserting the fixed tip 42a and the fixed tip 42b from one main surface of the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 toward the other main surface; It is provided continuously to the insertion hole 38d.

一方の固定先端部42aと他方の固定先端部42bとは、図6(A)に示すように元々平行状態にあったが、固定先端部42a及び固定先端部42bは、第1の作動片30および第2の作動片32のそれぞれの長手方向、すなわち第1の作動片30の第1の半割杆12aを固定する部位と第3の半割杆14aを固定する部位とを結ぶ線(X1(第7図図示))および第2の作動片32の第2の半割杆12bを固定する部位と第4の半割杆14bを固定する部位とを結ぶ線(X2(第7図図示))と略々直交する方向に架け渡されている。
さらに、開閉部材40が開き始めたときは、元々ほぼ平行に接近していた固定先端部42a(特に固定部46a)と固定先端部42b(特に固定部46b)とは、図11において示すようにわずかに引き離されて、固定先端部42aが第2の作動片32に係止され且つ固定先端部42bが第1の作動片30に係止されてねじられた状態になる。
One fixed tip 42a and the other fixed tip 42b were originally in a parallel state as shown in FIG. 6A, but the fixed tip 42a and the fixed tip 42b are the first operating piece 30. And a line (X1) connecting the longitudinal direction of each of the second operating pieces 32, that is, the portion fixing the first half-cut rod 12a of the first operating piece 30 and the portion fixing the third half-cut rod 14a. (Shown in FIG. 7)) and a line (X2 (shown in FIG. 7) connecting the portion for fixing the second half-cotton 12b and the portion for fixing the fourth half-cut 14b of the second working piece 32 ).
Further, when the opening / closing member 40 starts to open, the fixed tip 42a (particularly the fixed part 46a) and the fixed tip 42b (particularly the fixed part 46b) that were originally approaching substantially parallel are shown in FIG. The fixed tip 42 a is locked to the second operating piece 32 and the fixed tip 42 b is locked to the first operating piece 30 and twisted.

固定先端部42aは、第2の作動片32の空隙部38aの側から開閉部材固定部38bの下面を通り第1の作動片30の下面より支持部36cの上面に至るように架け渡されている。
固定先端部42bは、第1の作動片30の空隙部36aの側から開閉部材固定部36bの下面を通り第2の作動片32の下面より支持部38cの上面に至るように架け渡されている。
したがって、固定先端部42aは、第1の作動片30に装填し易く第1の作動片30を下面側に向けて強い力で回転して開くように機能し、固定先端部42bは、第2の作動片32に装填し易く第2の作動片32を下面側に向けて強い力で回転して開くように機能する。
The fixed tip 42a is bridged from the gap 38a side of the second operating piece 32 through the lower surface of the opening / closing member fixing portion 38b so as to reach the upper surface of the support portion 36c from the lower surface of the first operating piece 30. Yes.
The fixed tip 42b is bridged from the gap 36a side of the first operating piece 30 through the lower surface of the opening / closing member fixing portion 36b to reach the upper surface of the support portion 38c from the lower surface of the second operating piece 32. Yes.
Therefore, the fixed tip 42a functions so as to be easily loaded into the first working piece 30 and to rotate and open the first working piece 30 toward the lower surface side with a strong force, and the fixed tip 42b The second operating piece 32 functions so as to be rotated and opened with a strong force toward the lower surface side.

そして、開閉部材40の弾性により、作動部材18を構成する第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、第1の綴杆12と第2の綴杆14を手で開き始めたとき、すなわち、第1の綴杆12と第2の綴杆14のそれぞれの綴杆係止部50を外したとき、第1の綴杆12の第1の半割杆12aと第2の半割杆12bとが離れる方向(第1の半割杆12aはO1方向で、第2の半割杆12bはO2方向(第7図図示))および第2の綴杆14の第3の半割杆14aと第4の半割杆14bとが離れる方向(第3の半割杆14aはO1方向で、第4の半割杆14bはO2方向(第7図図示))に移動するとともに、ねじられていた開閉部材40が元の状態に戻ろうとして、第1の半割杆12aと第2の半割杆12bとをおよび第3の半割杆14aと第4の半割杆14bとを巻線部44の円周方向(第1の半割杆12aおよび第3の半割杆14aはO3方向、第2の半割杆12bおよび第4の半割杆14bはO4方向)に引き離すように作用する。
すなわち、開閉部材40の弾性により、第1の作動片30は、綴杆係止部50を外す方向(O1方向)に移動し、第2の作動片32は、綴杆係止部50を外す方向(O2方向)に移動する。
Then, due to the elasticity of the opening / closing member 40, the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 constituting the operating member 18 start to open the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 by hand. That is, when the first staple 12 and the second staple 14 are removed, the first half 12a and the second half of the first staple 12 are removed. The direction in which the collar 12b is separated (the first half-cradle 12a is the O1 direction, the second half-cradle 12b is the O2 direction (shown in FIG. 7)) 14a and the fourth half crack 14b move away from each other (the third half crack 14a is in the O1 direction and the fourth half crack 14b is in the O2 direction (shown in FIG. 7)) and twisted. The first opening / closing member 40 is returned to the original state, and the first half-cut rod 12a and the second half-cut rod 12b and the third half-cut rod 14a and the fourth half-cut rod 14a The half split 14b and the circumferential direction of the winding portion 44 (the first half split 12a and the third half split 14a are in the O3 direction, the second half split 12b and the fourth half split 14b are O4 direction).
That is, due to the elasticity of the opening / closing member 40, the first operating piece 30 moves in a direction (O1 direction) to remove the binding staple locking portion 50, and the second operating piece 32 releases the binding staple locking portion 50. Move in the direction (O2 direction).

そして、開閉部材40の弾性により、作動部材18を構成する第1の作動片30は、綴杆係止部50を閉じる位置の方向(O1とは反対の方向)に移動し、且つ、第2の作動片32は、綴杆係止部50を閉じる位置の方向(O2とは反対の方向)に移動する。
すなわち、第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、谷折り状態から徐々に平面状態(中立状態)となり、更に平面状態(中立状態)から山折り状態に変わる。第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14は、開く方向(第1の半割杆12a及び第3の半割杆14aはO3方向、第2の半割杆12b及び第4の半割杆14bはO4方向)に回転して開く。
開閉部材40は、第1の綴杆12と第2の綴杆14とを開いた状態にしたとき、第1の作動片30の突き合わせ縁30aと第2の作動片32の突き合わせ縁32aとが山折り状態、すなわち、保持部材16の被綴じ物載置部22の内側面に近づいた状態に保持するように作用する。
Then, due to the elasticity of the opening / closing member 40, the first operating piece 30 constituting the operating member 18 moves in the direction of the closing position of the binding lock 50 (the direction opposite to O1), and the second The actuating piece 32 moves in the direction of the position for closing the binding lock 50 (the direction opposite to O2).
That is, the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 gradually change from the valley folded state to the planar state (neutral state), and further change from the planar state (neutral state) to the mountain folded state. The first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 are in the opening direction (the first half split rod 12a and the third half split rod 14a are in the O3 direction, the second half split rod 12b and the fourth half split杆 14b rotates and opens in the O4 direction.
When the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 are opened, the opening / closing member 40 has a butt edge 30a of the first working piece 30 and a butt edge 32a of the second working piece 32. It acts to hold in the mountain folded state, that is, the state approaching the inner surface of the binding object mounting portion 22 of the holding member 16.

保持部材16の被綴じ物載置部22には、被綴じ物載置部22の長手方向に延びる膨出部22aが形成され、膨出部22aは、係合部30d及び32eが上側に向いて回転し且つ係合部30e及び32dが上側に向いて回転するとともに、開閉部材40が上側に向いて移動したときに、被綴じ物載置部22の内面と当接しないようにするために、被綴じ物載置部22の長手方向に延びて形成されている。   A bulging portion 22a extending in the longitudinal direction of the binding object mounting portion 22 is formed in the binding material mounting portion 22 of the holding member 16, and the bulging portion 22a has the engaging portions 30d and 32e facing upward. And the engaging portions 30e and 32d rotate upward, and when the opening / closing member 40 moves upward, the engagement portions 30e and 32d do not come into contact with the inner surface of the binding object mounting portion 22. In addition, it is formed to extend in the longitudinal direction of the binding object mounting portion 22.

前記保持部材16は、前記したように、作動部材18に間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴杆12と第2の綴杆14との基部を結ぶ方向(図7図示X1及びX2方向)に近い方向にのびる、第1の保持壁24aと第2の保持壁24bとからなる保持壁24を有し、前記保持壁24は、作動部材18に間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴杆12と第2の綴杆14の基部を結ぶ方向(図7図示X1及びX2方向)と交差する方向にのびて、保持壁24の外側に向いて突出する第1の作動片30の突出部30c1と突出部30c2及び第2の作動片32の突出部32c1と突出部32c2を保持する保持部、すなわち第1の保持壁24aに形成された第1の保持部60及び第1の保持部62と、第2の保持壁24bに形成された第2の保持部64及び第2の保持部66とを有している。
該第1の保持部60及び第1の保持部62は、前記保持壁24の一部を作動部材18の突出部30c1と突出部30c2より外側に打ち出された第1の保持部60及び第1の保持部62が、保持部材16の内側に嵌装された作動部材18の突出部30c1と突出部30c2を保持するように、保持壁24(第1の保持壁24a)の内側に向けて凹まされてなる。
また、第2の保持部64及び第2の保持部66は、前記保持壁24の一部を作動部材18の突出部32c1と突出部32c2より外側に打ち出された第2の保持部64及び第2の保持部66が、保持部材16の内側に嵌装された作動部材18の突出部32c1と突出部32c2を保持するように、保持壁24(第2の保持壁24b)の内側に向けて凹まされてなる。
As described above, the holding member 16 connects the bases of the first binding rods 12 and the second binding rods 14 spaced apart from the operating member 18 (X1 and X2 directions in FIG. 7). The holding wall 24 is composed of a first holding wall 24 a and a second holding wall 24 b extending in a direction close to the first binding wall 24, and the holding wall 24 is a first binding provided at a distance from the actuating member 18. A protruding portion of the first operating piece 30 that protrudes toward the outside of the holding wall 24 extending in a direction intersecting the direction connecting the bases of the flange 12 and the second binding rod 14 (X1 and X2 directions in FIG. 7). 30c1, the protruding portion 30c2, and the holding portion for holding the protruding portion 32c1 and the protruding portion 32c2 of the second working piece 32, that is, the first holding portion 60 and the first holding portion 62 formed on the first holding wall 24a. A second holding portion 64 and a second holding portion formed on the second holding wall 24b And a 6.
The first holding part 60 and the first holding part 62 are formed by projecting a part of the holding wall 24 outwardly from the projecting part 30c1 and the projecting part 30c2 of the operating member 18. The holding portion 62 is recessed toward the inside of the holding wall 24 (first holding wall 24a) so as to hold the protruding portion 30c1 and the protruding portion 30c2 of the operating member 18 fitted inside the holding member 16. Being done.
Further, the second holding portion 64 and the second holding portion 66 are formed by the second holding portion 64 and the second holding portion 64 that are formed by projecting a part of the holding wall 24 outwardly from the protruding portions 32c1 and 32c2 of the operating member 18. The second holding portion 66 faces the inside of the holding wall 24 (second holding wall 24b) so as to hold the protruding portion 32c1 and the protruding portion 32c2 of the operating member 18 fitted inside the holding member 16. Being recessed.

前記第1の保持部60及び第1の保持部62と第2の保持部64及び第2の保持部66は、前記作動部材18の第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32の下面に沿って、前記保持壁24の下縁との間に間隔をおいて細い切り込み68aと切り込み70a及び切り込み72aと切り込み74aが形成され、該切り込み68aと切り込み70a及び切り込み72aと切り込み74aと保持壁24の下縁との間における保持壁24の外方に向けて打ち出された領域により、第1の保持部60及び第1の保持部62と第2の保持部64及び第2の保持部66が形成されている(図22(A)(B)参照)。
そして、第1の保持部60及び第1の保持部62と第2の保持部64及び第2の保持部66を構成する該領域が、保持部材16の内側に嵌装された作動部材18の突出部30c1と突出部30c2及び突出部32c1と突出部32c2の下面を保持するように内側に向けて打ち出され、保持壁24の該切り込み68aと切り込み70a及び切り込み72aと切り込み74aと保持壁24の下縁との間の領域以外の領域より内側に向けて凹まされて、第1の保持部60及び第1の保持部62と第2の保持部64及び第2の保持部66が形成されている(図23(A)(B)参照)。
The first holding part 60, the first holding part 62, the second holding part 64, and the second holding part 66 are the lower surfaces of the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 of the operating member 18. A thin cut 68a, a cut 70a, a cut 72a, and a cut 74a are formed at a distance from the lower edge of the holding wall 24, and the cut 68a, the cut 70a, the cut 72a, the cut 74a, and the holding wall are formed. The first holding portion 60, the first holding portion 62, the second holding portion 64, and the second holding portion 66 are formed by the region that is struck outward from the lower edge of the holding wall 24. Is formed (see FIGS. 22A and 22B).
And the area | region which comprises the 1st holding | maintenance part 60 and the 1st holding | maintenance part 62 and the 2nd holding | maintenance part 64 and the 2nd holding | maintenance part 66 of the operating member 18 fitted inside the holding member 16 is shown. The protrusion 30c1, the protrusion 30c2, and the protrusion 32c1 are punched inward so as to hold the lower surface of the protrusion 32c2, and the notch 68a, the notch 70a, the notch 72a, the notch 74a, and the retaining wall 24 The first holding part 60, the first holding part 62, the second holding part 64, and the second holding part 66 are formed to be recessed inward from the area other than the area between the lower edge. (See FIGS. 23A and 23B).

第1の綴杆12は、略円環状の綴杆となるように、半円弧状の第1の半割杆12aと第2の半割杆12bとから構成され、第2の綴杆14は、略円環状の綴杆となるように、半円弧状の第3の半割杆14aと第4の半割杆14bとから構成されている。そして、用紙等の被綴じ物Sに予め穿設された綴じ孔に挿通して、用紙Sを綴じることができるように、第1の半割杆12aおよび第2の半割杆12bと、第3の半割杆14aと第4の半割杆14bの先端、すなわち第1の綴杆12および第2の綴杆14の頂部において、綴杆係止部50が形成されている。   The first binding rod 12 is composed of a semicircular arc-shaped first half split rod 12a and a second half split rod 12b so as to be a substantially annular binding rod. The semicircular arc-shaped third half split bar 14a and the fourth half split bar 14b are formed so as to form a substantially annular binding bar. Then, the first half-cotton 12a and the second half-cotton 12b, the second half-cotton 12b, and the second half-cotton 12b, so that the paper S can be bound by being inserted through a binding hole previously formed in the article S to be bound such as paper. A binding hook locking portion 50 is formed at the tips of the three half-cutting rods 14 a and the fourth half-cutting rod 14 b, that is, at the tops of the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14.

前記綴杆を構成する第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14は、断面円形状金属製線材を、綴杆係止部50を外す方向(図7のO1及びO2の方向)にのばし、且つ中央部分を押さえることによって綴杆を閉じる方向に対してわん曲させて形成されている。そして、第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14は、中央が綴杆を開く方向(第1の半割杆12a及び第3の半割杆14aは、図7のO3方向、第2の半割杆12b及び第4の半割杆14bは、図7のO4方向)に膨み且つ両端が綴杆を閉じる方向にわん曲した断面略空豆(ビーンズ)型の形状に形成されている。
すなわち、環状の第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14を開閉方向に見て、第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14の内側は波状起伏面が形成され、第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14の外側は半円弧状に形成されている。そして、第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14は、綴杆を外す方向に見て、両外側が、半円弧状に形成されている。
従来の断面形状丸型の綴杆は、小径だと変形に弱く、大径にすれば断面積が増して材料費がかさみ、従来の断面形状略長方形の綴杆は、用紙にあける綴じ穴には丸穴が多いので、用紙等の被綴じ物Sの綴じ穴に対応しにくく、用紙等の被綴じ物Sの綴じ穴を傷つけるおそれがある。
ところが、綴杆を構成する第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14は、細いならば綴杆係止部50の嵌合がうまくゆかないときがある。
そのために、第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14の幅を広げたいが、元の線材として断面積の小さいものを使用しても、元の金属製線材を加工することにより綴杆としては必要な幅が確保されるようにしたい。
そこで、本願発明にかかる綴杆は、それを形成する線材の中央部分を押さえて線材を空豆(ビーンズ)型につぶすことにより全体としての幅を広げ、すなわち、綴杆の全体の幅を綴杆係止部50を外す方向に広げて、綴杆係止部50の嵌合を完全にできるように形成している。
The first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 constituting the binding rod extend the circular cross-section metal wire in the direction in which the binding pinching portion 50 is removed (directions O1 and O2 in FIG. 7). In addition, it is formed by bending the binding in the closing direction by pressing the center portion. Then, the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 are in the direction in which the center opens the binding rod (the first half-cutting rod 12a and the third half-cutting rod 14a are the O3 direction in FIG. The half-cut rice 12b and the fourth half-cut rice 14b are formed in a substantially bean-shaped cross-section that swells in the direction O4 in FIG. .
That is, when the annular first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 are viewed in the opening / closing direction, a wavy undulating surface is formed inside the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14, The outer sides of the binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 are formed in a semicircular arc shape. And the 1st binding rod 12 and the 2nd binding rod 14 are formed in the semicircular arc shape on both outer sides seeing in the direction which removes a binding staple.
Conventional cross-section round staples are less susceptible to deformation if they have a small diameter, and if the diameter is large, the cross-sectional area increases and material costs increase. Since there are many round holes, it is difficult to correspond to the binding hole of the binding object S such as paper, and the binding hole of the binding object S such as paper may be damaged.
However, if the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 constituting the binding rod are thin, the binding of the binding rod locking portion 50 may not be successful.
Therefore, although it is desired to increase the width of the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14, even if the original wire rod having a small cross-sectional area is used, the binding rod is processed by processing the original metal wire rod. I want to ensure the necessary width.
Therefore, the binding rod according to the present invention increases the overall width by pressing the central portion of the wire forming the wire rod and crushing the wire rod into a bean shape, that is, the entire width of the binding rod is reduced. The locking portion 50 is widened in the direction to be removed, so that the binding of the binding lock portion 50 can be completed completely.

この実施の形態においては、第1の綴杆12を構成する第1の半割杆12a及び第2の半割杆12bと第2の綴杆14を構成する第3の半割杆14a及び第4の半割杆14bとは、同じ形状、すなわち曲率(曲率半径)が同じものである。
第1の綴杆12を構成する第1の半割杆12a及び第2の半割杆12bは、第1の半割杆12aの自由端の綴杆係止部50と、第2の半割杆12bの自由端の綴杆係止部50とを係止することにより、環状に連結される。
また、第2の綴杆14を構成する第3の半割杆14aと第4の半割杆14bとは、第3の半割杆14aの自由端の綴杆係止部50と、第4の半割杆14bの自由端の綴杆係止部50とを係止することにより、環状に連結される。
In this embodiment, the first half-cotton 12a and the second half-cotton 12b constituting the first binding rod 12 and the third half-cotton 14a and the second half-clasp 14 constituting the second binding rod 14 are used. The four half-cut ridges 14b have the same shape, that is, the same curvature (curvature radius).
The first half-cotton 12a and the second half-cotton 12b constituting the first binding rod 12 include a binding pin locking portion 50 at the free end of the first half-cotton 12a and a second half-split. By engaging the binding end 50 of the free end of the collar 12b, it is connected in an annular shape.
In addition, the third half-split bar 14a and the fourth half-split bar 14b constituting the second binding bar 14 include a binding pin locking part 50 at the free end of the third half-split bar 14a, and a fourth half-split bar 14a. By engaging the binding end locking portion 50 at the free end of the half split bar 14b, the half split bar 14b is connected in an annular shape.

第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14は、それぞれの基部が第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32に固着された部分(4箇所)を通る左右軸Y1,Y2および前後軸X1,X2(第7図図示)を含む平面Pxyと垂直な平面を構成するように、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32より立設されている。そして、第1の綴杆12の軸Z1(第7図図示)が構成する円形面と第2の綴杆14の軸Z2(第7図図示)が構成する円形面とは、平行で、且つ、第1の綴杆12と第2の綴杆14が第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32と固着された部位を通る平面Pxyと垂直となるように構成されている。   The first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 have left and right axes Y1, Y2 and front and rear passing through portions (four locations) where the respective base portions are fixed to the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32. The first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 are erected so as to form a plane perpendicular to the plane Pxy including the axes X1, X2 (shown in FIG. 7). The circular surface formed by the axis Z1 (shown in FIG. 7) of the first binding rod 12 and the circular surface formed by the axis Z2 (shown in FIG. 7) of the second binding rod 14 are parallel, and The first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 are configured to be perpendicular to a plane Pxy passing through a portion where the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 are fixed.

前記綴杆は、第16図〜第21図に示すように、直接指で閉じられる主綴杆たる第1の綴杆12と、該第1の綴杆12の閉じる方向に向けての作動に追動する副綴杆たる第2の綴杆14とにより構成されている。
そして、第1の綴杆12と第2の綴杆14とは、同一方向(図11のO1及びO2方向)に向けて、その綴杆係止部50を指で外すことができるように構成されている。
第1の綴杆12を構成する第1の半割杆12aの先端に形成された綴杆係止部50を構成する先端の凸部52a及びその凸部52aに続く凹部52bと、第2の半割杆12bの綴杆係止部50を構成する先端の凸部54a及びその先端の凸部54aに続く凹部54bとは、第1の綴杆12を閉じたとき係合するように逆方向に向けて突き出しあるいは凹み形成されている。
凸部52a及び凸部54aは、それぞれ先端から内側に向けて湾曲凸面を有する傾斜対向面52c及び湾曲凸面を有する傾斜対向面54cと、傾斜対向面52c及び傾斜対向面54cに続き、凸部52a及び凸部54aの後端(基部側)から除々に先端側(すなわち閉じる方向)に入り込んだ傾斜対向面52d及び傾斜対向面54dが形成され、後端近傍が鉤状で、全体として鉤鼻状に形成されている。
凹部52bは、基部側から先端に向けて湾曲凹面を有する傾斜対向面を備え、凹部54bは、同様に基部側から先端に向けて湾曲凹面を有する傾斜対向面を備えている。
また、第2の綴杆14を構成する第3の半割杆14aの先端に形成された綴杆係止部50を構成する凸部56a及びその凸部56aに続く凹部56bと、第4の半割杆14bの綴杆係止部50を構成する先端の凸部58a及びその先端の凸部58aに続く凹部58bとは、第2の綴杆14を閉じたとき係合するように逆方向に向けて突き出しあるいは凹み形成されている。
凸部56a及び凸部58aは、それぞれ先端から内側に向けて湾曲凸面を有する傾斜対向面56c及び湾曲凸面を有する傾斜対向面58cと、傾斜対向面56c及び傾斜対向面58cに続き、凸部56a及び凸部58aの後端(基部側)から除々に先端側(すなわち閉じる方向)に入り込んだ傾斜対向面56d及び傾斜対向面58dが形成され、後端近傍が鉤状で、全体として鉤鼻状に形成されている。
凹部56bは、基部側から先端に向けて湾曲凹面を有する傾斜対向面を備え、凹部58bは、同様に湾曲凹面を有する傾斜対向面を備えている。
As shown in FIGS. 16 to 21, the binding rod is a first binding rod 12 as a main binding rod that is directly closed by a finger, and an operation toward the closing direction of the first binding rod 12. It is comprised by the 2nd binding rod 14 which is a secondary binding rod to follow.
And the 1st binding rod 12 and the 2nd binding rod 14 are comprised so that the binding binding part 50 can be removed with a finger | toe toward the same direction (O1 and O2 direction of FIG. 11). Has been.
A convex portion 52a at the distal end constituting the binding rod locking portion 50 formed at the distal end of the first half split rod 12a constituting the first binding rod 12, a concave portion 52b following the convex portion 52a, and a second The protruding portion 54a at the front end constituting the binding lock portion 50 of the half-cotton hook 12b and the concave portion 54b following the protruding portion 54a at the leading end are reversely oriented so as to engage when the first binding rod 12 is closed. It protrudes toward or toward the bottom.
The convex portion 52a and the convex portion 54a are connected to the inclined facing surface 52c having the curved convex surface and the inclined facing surface 54c having the curved convex surface from the tip to the inside, and the convex facing portion 52a. In addition, an inclined facing surface 52d and an inclined facing surface 54d that gradually enter the front end side (that is, the closing direction) from the rear end (base side) of the convex portion 54a are formed. Is formed.
The concave portion 52b includes an inclined facing surface having a curved concave surface from the base side toward the tip, and the concave portion 54b similarly includes an inclined facing surface having a curved concave surface from the base side toward the tip.
Moreover, the convex part 56a which comprises the binding hook latching | locking part 50 formed in the front-end | tip of the 3rd half split hook 14a which comprises the 2nd binding rod 14, the recessed part 56b following the convex part 56a, and 4th The tip convex portion 58a constituting the binding hook locking portion 50 of the half split rod 14b and the concave portion 58b following the convex portion 58a at the tip thereof are reversely engaged so as to engage when the second binding rod 14 is closed. It protrudes toward or toward the bottom.
The convex portion 56a and the convex portion 58a are connected to the inclined facing surface 56c having the curved convex surface and the inclined facing surface 58c having the curved convex surface, and the inclined facing surface 56c and the inclined facing surface 58c, respectively. In addition, an inclined facing surface 56d and an inclined facing surface 58d that gradually enter the front end side (that is, the closing direction) from the rear end (base side) of the convex portion 58a are formed, and the vicinity of the rear end is bowl-like, and the whole is in a nose-like shape. Is formed.
The concave portion 56b includes an inclined facing surface having a curved concave surface from the base side toward the tip, and the concave portion 58b similarly includes an inclined facing surface having a curved concave surface.

第1の半割杆12aの綴杆係止部50を構成する凸部52a及び第3の半割杆14aの綴杆係止部50を構成する凸部56aは、同一方向に向けて突き出し設けられ、先端部から基部側にかけて形成された湾曲凸面を備え、両方が同一形状に形成されている。
また、第1の半割杆12aの綴杆係止部50を構成する凹部52b及び第3の半割杆14aの綴杆係止部50を構成する凹部56bは、同一方向に向けて凹み形成され、凸部54a及び凸部56aの後端から基部側にかけて形成された湾曲凹面を備え、両方が同一形状に形成されている。
第2の半割杆12bの綴杆係止部50を構成する凸部54a及び第4の半割杆14bの綴杆係止部50を構成する凸部58aは、同一方向に向けて突き出し設けられ、先端部から基部側にかけて形成された湾曲凸面を備え、両方が同一形状に形成されている。
また、第2の半割杆12bの綴杆係止部50を構成する凹部54b及び第4の半割杆14bの綴杆係止部50を構成する凹部58bは、同一方向に向けて凹み形成され、凸部54a及び凸部58aの後端から基部側にかけて形成された湾曲凹面を備え、両方が同一形状に形成されている。
第1の半割杆12aの凸部52a及び凹部52bと第2の半割杆12bの凸部54a及び凹部54bとは点対称に形成され、第3の半割杆14aの凸部56a及び凹部56bと第4の半割杆14bの凸部58a及び凹部58bとは点対称に形成されている。
The convex portion 52a constituting the binding hook locking portion 50 of the first half split collar 12a and the convex portion 56a constituting the binding hook locking portion 50 of the third half split collar 14a are provided protruding in the same direction. A curved convex surface formed from the tip to the base, and both are formed in the same shape.
Moreover, the recessed part 52b which comprises the binding hook latching | locking part 50 of the 1st half split collar 12a, and the recessed part 56b which comprises the binding staple latching part 50 of the 3rd half split collar 14a are dented toward the same direction. The curved concave surface formed from the rear end to the base side of the convex portion 54a and the convex portion 56a is provided, and both are formed in the same shape.
The convex portion 54a constituting the binding hook locking portion 50 of the second half split collar 12b and the convex portion 58a constituting the binding hook locking portion 50 of the fourth half split collar 14b are provided protruding in the same direction. A curved convex surface formed from the tip to the base, and both are formed in the same shape.
Further, the concave portion 54b constituting the binding hook locking portion 50 of the second half split collar 12b and the concave portion 58b constituting the binding hook locking portion 50 of the fourth half split collar 14b are formed to be recessed in the same direction. The curved concave surface formed from the rear end to the base side of the convex portion 54a and the convex portion 58a is provided, and both are formed in the same shape.
The convex portions 52a and concave portions 52b of the first half split rod 12a and the convex portions 54a and concave portions 54b of the second half split rod 12b are formed point-symmetrically, and the convex portions 56a and concave portions of the third half split rod 14a are formed. 56b and the convex portion 58a and the concave portion 58b of the fourth half-cotton 14b are formed point-symmetrically.

第1の綴杆12の凸部52aの傾斜対向面52c及び凹部54bの傾斜対向面は、第1の綴杆12の軸方向とは斜交するように形成され、開閉するときには、傾斜対向面52cと凹部54bの傾斜対向面とが一点を共有し合う内接関係で接する。
第1の綴杆12の凸部52aの傾斜対向面52c及び凸部54aの傾斜対向面54cは、第1の綴杆12の軸方向とは斜交するように形成され、開閉するときには、傾斜対向面52cと傾斜対向面54cとが一点を共有し合う外接関係で接する。
第2の綴杆14の凸部56aの傾斜対向面56c及び凹部58bの傾斜対向面は、第2の綴杆14の軸方向とは斜交するように形成され、開閉するときには、傾斜対向面56cと凹部58bの傾斜対向面とが一点を共有し合う内接関係で接する。
第2の綴杆14の凸部56aの傾斜対向面56c及び凸部58aの傾斜対向面58cは、第2の綴杆14の軸方向とは斜交するように形成され、開閉するときには傾斜対向面56cと傾斜対向面58cとが一点を共有し合う外接関係で接する。
The inclined facing surface 52c of the convex portion 52a and the inclined facing surface of the recessed portion 54b of the first binding rod 12 are formed so as to cross obliquely with the axial direction of the first binding rod 12, and when opening and closing, the inclined facing surface 52c and the inclined opposing surface of the recessed part 54b contact | connect by the inscribed relationship which shares one point.
The inclined facing surface 52c of the convex portion 52a of the first binding rod 12 and the inclined facing surface 54c of the convex portion 54a are formed so as to be oblique to the axial direction of the first binding rod 12, and are inclined when opening and closing. The opposing surface 52c and the inclined opposing surface 54c are in contact with each other with a circumscribed relationship sharing one point.
The inclined facing surface 56c of the convex portion 56a and the inclined facing surface of the recessed portion 58b of the second binding rod 14 are formed so as to be oblique to the axial direction of the second binding rod 14, and when opening and closing, the inclined facing surface 56c and the inclined opposing surface of the recessed part 58b contact | connect by the inscribed relationship which shares one point.
The inclined facing surface 56c of the convex portion 56a of the second binding rod 14 and the inclined opposing surface 58c of the convex portion 58a are formed so as to be oblique to the axial direction of the second binding rod 14, and are inclined opposite to each other when opening and closing. The surface 56c and the inclined facing surface 58c are in contact with each other in a circumscribed relationship sharing one point.

主綴杆たる第1の綴杆12を2本の指で挟んで綴杆を閉じ始めるとき、第2の綴杆14の第3の半割杆14aの凸部56aと第2の綴杆14の第4の半割杆14bの凹部58bとが当接する前に(図19参照)、第1の綴杆12の第1の半割杆12aの凸部52aと第1の綴杆12の第2の半割杆12bの凸部54aとが当接し、更に第1の綴杆12を閉じるように作動させると、第1の綴杆12の第1の半割杆12aの凹部52bが第2の半割杆12bの凸部54a上を摺動するとともに、第1の綴杆12の第1の半割杆12aの凸部52aが第2の半割杆12bの凹部54bに嵌合される正規の係止位置を通り過ぎて、第1の半割杆12aの凸部52aが第2の半割杆12bの凹部54bの傾斜対向面上を摺動してずり上がる(図20参照)。
このように、第1の綴杆12を閉じる方向に作動させると、第2の綴杆14の第3の半割杆14aの凸部56aと第2の綴杆14の第4の半割杆14bの凸部58aとが当接し、更に、第1の綴杆12を閉じるように作動させると、第2の綴杆14の第3の半割杆14aの凸部56aが第4の半割杆14bの凸部58aの傾斜対向面58c上を摺動し(図19参照)、更に第1の綴杆12の第1の半割杆12aの凸部52aが第2の半割杆12bの凹部54bの傾斜対向面をずり上がると、第2の綴杆14の第3の半割杆14aの凸部56a(第4の半割杆14bの凸部58a)が第4の半割杆14bの凹部58b(第3の半割杆14aの凹部56b)に嵌まり込み嵌合する(図20参照)。
その後、第1の綴杆12から指を離し閉じる力を解放すると、開閉部材40の作用により第1の綴杆12はわずかに開く方向に逆戻りして、第1の綴杆12は、第2の綴杆14と同様に、第1の半割杆12aの凸部52a(第2の半割杆12bの凸部54a)が第2の半割杆12bの凹部54b(第1の半割杆12aの凹部52b)に嵌まり込み嵌合する(図21参照)。
When the first binding rod 12 that is the main binding rod is sandwiched between two fingers and the closing binding is started to close, the convex portion 56a of the third half-cut rod 14a of the second binding rod 14 and the second binding rod 14 Before the concave portion 58b of the fourth half collar 14b contacts (see FIG. 19), the convex portion 52a of the first half collar 12a of the first binding rod 12 and the first half of the first binding rod 12 When the convex portion 54a of the second half-cotton 12b is brought into contact with and further operated to close the first binding rod 12, the concave portion 52b of the first half-cotton 12a of the first binding rod 12 is second. And the convex portion 52a of the first half-cotton 12a of the first binding rod 12 is fitted into the concave portion 54b of the second half-cotton 12b. After passing through the normal locking position, the convex portion 52a of the first half split 12a slides up on the inclined opposing surface of the concave portion 54b of the second half split 12b (see FIG. 20). ).
As described above, when the first binding rod 12 is operated in the closing direction, the convex portion 56a of the third half-cotton 14a of the second binding rod 14 and the fourth half-split of the second binding rod 14 are obtained. When the convex portion 58a of 14b comes into contact with and further operates to close the first binding rod 12, the convex portion 56a of the third half-split rod 14a of the second binding rod 14 becomes the fourth half-split. It slides on the inclined facing surface 58c of the convex portion 58a of the collar 14b (see FIG. 19), and the convex portion 52a of the first half collar 12a of the first binding collar 12 is further formed by the second half collar 12b. When the inclined facing surface of the concave portion 54b is lifted, the convex portion 56a of the third half-cotton 14a (the convex portion 58a of the fourth half-divided rod 14b) of the second binding rod 14 becomes the fourth half-divided rod 14b. Is fitted into and fitted into the recess 58b (the recess 56b of the third half-cut bar 14a) (see FIG. 20).
After that, when the finger is released from the first binding rod 12 and the closing force is released, the opening and closing member 40 causes the first binding rod 12 to reverse slightly in the opening direction. In the same manner as the binding rod 14, the convex portion 52 a of the first half-cotton 12 a (the convex portion 54 a of the second half-divided rod 12 b) is the concave portion 54 b of the second half-divided rod 12 b (first half-divided rod). It fits into the recess 52b) of 12a (see FIG. 21).

綴杆を閉じるとき、第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、山折り状態(図15参照)から徐々に平面状態(中立状態)となり、更に平面状態(中立状態)から谷折り状態(図10参照)に変わるとともに、同列に並んだ状態から、一旦綴杆係止部50の外れる方向(第1の作動片30はO1方向、第2の作動片32はO2方向)に移動して、たがいちがいに並んだ状態となり(図20参照)、その後逆戻りして同列に並ぶ。
それによって、移動規制部を構成する第1の作動片30の規制凸起30gが第2の作動片32の規制凹部32f内を移動して、規制凹部32fにおける綴杆係止部50の外れる方向とは反対側の端縁に当接し、且つ移動規制部を構成する第2の作動片32の規制凸起32gが第1の作動片30の規制凹部30f内を移動して、規制凹部30fにおける綴杆係止部50の外れる方向とは反対側の端縁に当接する(図20参照)。そのために、綴杆を閉じるとき、第1の綴杆12の第1の半割杆12aの凸部52aが第2の半割杆12bの凹部54bに嵌合される正規の停止位置を通り過ぎて、第1の半割杆12aの凸部52aが第2の半割杆12bの凹部54bの傾斜対向面上を摺動してずり上がりオーバーランするとき、第1の綴杆12の移動距離を規制して適宜な位置でオーバーランが停止され、第1の綴杆12の綴杆係止部50から指を外せば開閉部材40の元の状態に戻ろうとする力が作用して、第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、一旦綴杆係止部50の外れる方向(第1の作動片30はO1方向、第2の作動片32はO2方向)に移動してたがいちがいに並んだ状態から、逆戻りして同列に並び、綴杆係止部50が嵌合する(図9及び10参照)。
When closing the binding, the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 gradually change from the mountain-folded state (see FIG. 15) to the flat state (neutral state), and further from the flat state (neutral state) to the valley fold. The state changes (see FIG. 10), and from the state of being aligned in the same row, the binding device 50 is temporarily moved in the direction in which it is removed (the first working piece 30 is in the O1 direction and the second working piece 32 is in the O2 direction) As a result, they are lined up in a line (see FIG. 20), and then return to line up in the same row.
Thereby, the restriction protrusion 30g of the first operating piece 30 constituting the movement restricting portion moves in the restricting recess 32f of the second actuating piece 32, and the binding lock portion 50 is released from the restricting recess 32f. The regulating protrusion 32g of the second operating piece 32 that contacts the edge opposite to the side and that constitutes the movement restricting portion moves in the restricting recess 30f of the first operating piece 30, and in the restricting recess 30f. It abuts against the edge opposite to the direction in which the binding lock 50 is removed (see FIG. 20). Therefore, when closing the binding rod, the convex portion 52a of the first half split rod 12a of the first binding rod 12 passes through the normal stop position where the convex portion 52b of the second half split rod 12b is fitted. When the convex portion 52a of the first half-cotton 12a slides on the inclined opposing surface of the concave portion 54b of the second half-cotton 12b and overruns, the movement distance of the first binding rod 12 is increased. The overrun is stopped at an appropriate position by restricting, and when the finger is removed from the binding hook locking portion 50 of the first binding rod 12, a force to return the opening / closing member 40 to the original state acts, The operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 once moved in the direction in which the binding latch 50 is released (the first operating piece 30 is in the O1 direction and the second operating piece 32 is in the O2 direction). From the state of being lined up in a line, it is reversed and arranged in the same row, and the binding lock portion 50 is fitted (see FIGS. 9 and 10).

このように、主綴杆たる第1の綴杆12を閉じ始めると、直接指で閉じられない副綴杆たる第2の綴杆14が閉じる方向に移動を始め、更に第1の綴杆12が閉じて正規の係止位置を通り過ぎるまで移動すると、第2の綴杆14の係合が進み第1の綴杆12より先に第2の綴杆14が完全に係止されるので、直接指で閉じられない副綴杆たる第2の綴杆14が確実に係止された後、主綴杆たる第1の綴杆12が確実に係止される。
したがって、第1の綴杆12を指で摘んで先に閉じる方向に移動させたときに、オーバーランするように第1の綴杆12を摘まめば、確実に第2の綴杆14を正規の位置に係止でき、第1の綴杆12の操作のみで、閉じることができる。
このように、第1の綴杆12を指で操作することにより第2の綴杆14を閉じることができるので、ワンタッチ綴具としての利便性が高い。
As described above, when the first binding rod 12 that is the main binding rod is started to close, the second binding rod 14 that is a secondary binding rod that cannot be closed directly by the finger starts to move in the closing direction, and further, the first binding rod 12 is further closed. Is closed and moved until it passes the normal locking position, the engagement of the second binding rod 14 advances, and the second binding rod 14 is completely locked before the first binding rod 12, so that After the second binding rod 14 that is a secondary binding rod that cannot be closed by a finger is securely locked, the first binding rod 12 that is the main binding rod is reliably locked.
Therefore, if the first binding rod 12 is picked so as to overrun when the first binding rod 12 is picked with a finger and moved in the first closing direction, the second binding rod 14 can be surely secured. And can be closed only by operating the first binding rod 12.
Thus, since the 2nd binding 14 can be closed by operating the 1st binding 12 with a finger | toe, the convenience as a one-touch binding tool is high.

また、第1の綴杆12の頂部を指でねじることにより第1の綴杆12の綴杆係止部50を外したとき、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32には、開閉部材40が元の状態に戻ろうとする力、すなわち一方の固定先端部42aと他方の固定先端部42bとが、図6(A)に示すように、巻線部44の円周方向に平行であった元の状態に戻ろうとするように力が働くことにより、第1の綴杆12は開く。
そして、第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14は、その綴杆係止部50が外され(図11参照)、第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、谷折り状態から徐々に平面状態(中立状態)となり更に平面状態から山折り状態に変わるとともに、綴杆係止部50の外れる方向(第1の作動片30はO1方向、第2の作動片32はO2方向)に移動する。それによって、移動規制部を構成する第1の作動片30の規制凸起30gが第2の作動片32の規制凹部32f内を移動して、規制凹部32fにおける綴杆係止部50の外れる方向とは反対側の端縁に突き当たり、且つ移動規制部を構成する第2の作動片32の規制凸起32gが第1の作動片30の規制凹部30f内を移動して、規制凹部30fにおける綴杆係止部50の外れる方向とは反対側の端縁に突き当たる。
第1の綴杆12から手を離すと、第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14は、開閉部材40の一方の固定先端部42aと他方の固定先端部42bとが、図6(A)に示すように、巻線部44の円周方向に平行であった元の状態に戻ろうとするように第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32に力を働かせることにより、更に開き(第1の半割杆12a及び第3の半割杆14aはO3方向、第2の半割杆12b及び第4の半割杆14bはO4方向)、且つ、開閉部材40の固定先端部42aと他方の固定先端部42bとを平面視平行とするように力が働くことにより、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32とは、逆方向に移動する(図14参照)。
すなわち、作動部材18及び開閉部材40は、第2の綴杆14を構成する第3の半割杆14aの凸部56aと第4の半割杆14bの凸部58aとを開く方向に作用し、そして、第1の綴杆12の第1の半割杆12aの凸部52aと第2の半割杆12bの凸部54aとを引き離す方向に作用するとともに、第2の綴杆14を構成する第3の半割杆14aの凸部56aと第4の半割杆14bの凸部58aとを引き離すように作用する。
When the binding portion 50 of the first binding rod 12 is removed by twisting the top of the first binding rod 12 with a finger, the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 include As shown in FIG. 6 (A), the force at which the opening / closing member 40 returns to the original state, that is, one fixed tip 42a and the other fixed tip 42b are parallel to the circumferential direction of the winding 44. When the force works so as to return to the original state, the first binding 12 is opened.
Then, the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 are removed from the binding locking portion 50 (see FIG. 11), and the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 are valley-folded. The state gradually changes to a flat state (neutral state) and further changes from a flat state to a mountain fold state, and the direction in which the binding latch 50 is disengaged (the first operating piece 30 is the O1 direction, and the second operating piece 32 is the O2 Direction). Thereby, the restriction protrusion 30g of the first operating piece 30 constituting the movement restricting portion moves in the restricting recess 32f of the second actuating piece 32, and the binding lock portion 50 is released from the restricting recess 32f. The regulating protrusion 32g of the second working piece 32 that makes contact with the edge opposite to the side and that constitutes the movement regulating portion moves in the regulating recess 30f of the first working piece 30, and the binding in the regulating recess 30f. It strikes against the edge opposite to the direction in which the hook locking portion 50 comes off.
When the hand is released from the first binding rod 12, the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 have one fixed tip 42 a and the other fixed tip 42 b of the opening / closing member 40, as shown in FIG. As shown in A), by applying a force to the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 so as to return to the original state that was parallel to the circumferential direction of the winding portion 44, further, Opening (the first half split 12a and the third half split 14a are in the O3 direction, the second half split 12b and the fourth half split 14b are in the O4 direction), and the fixed tip of the opening / closing member 40 The first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 move in opposite directions by applying a force so that 42a and the other fixed tip 42b are parallel to each other in plan view (see FIG. 14).
In other words, the actuating member 18 and the opening / closing member 40 act in the direction of opening the convex portion 56a of the third half-split bar 14a and the convex portion 58a of the fourth half-split bar 14b constituting the second binding rod 14. The first binding rod 12 acts in a direction to separate the convex portion 52a of the first half-cotton rod 12a and the convex portion 54a of the second half-cotton rod 12b, and constitutes the second binding rod 14. The convex part 56a of the 3rd half split 14a and the convex part 58a of the 4th half split 14b to act are pulled apart.

このように、この実施の形態においては、第1の綴杆12又は第2の綴杆14の頂部を指でねじることにより、第1の綴杆12の第1の半割杆12aおよび第2の半割杆12bの綴杆係止部50と、第2の綴杆14の第3の半割杆14aおよび第4の半割杆14bの綴杆係止部50を外すことができる。   Thus, in this embodiment, by twisting the top of the first binding rod 12 or the second binding rod 14 with a finger, the first half-split 12a and the second second binding rod 12a of the first binding rod 12 The binding hook locking portion 50 of the half split hook 12b and the binding hook locking portion 50 of the third half split hook 14a and the fourth half split hook 14b of the second binding hook 14 can be removed.

また、第1の綴杆12の第1の半割杆12aと第2の半割杆12bの綴杆係止部50および第2の綴杆14の第3の半割杆14aと第4の半割杆14bの綴杆係止部50の係合を解除したとき、作動部材18は、開閉部材40の一方の固定先端部42aと他方の固定先端部42bとが巻線部44の円周方向において近づこうとする力が働くことにより、第1の作動片30の突き合わせ縁30aと第2の作動片32の突き合わせ縁32aとが、山折り状態になる。   Further, the first half split bar 12a and the second half split bar 12b of the first binding bar 12 and the third half split bar 14a and the fourth half split bar 14b of the second binding bar 14 are provided. When the binding of the binding member 50 of the half split bar 14b is released, the actuating member 18 is configured such that one fixed tip 42a and the other fixed tip 42b of the opening / closing member 40 are the circumference of the winding portion 44. When the force which approaches in the direction works, the butt edge 30a of the first working piece 30 and the butt edge 32a of the second working piece 32 are in a mountain fold state.

次に、作動部材18を保持部材16の保持空間内に装填する方法について、主として図22及び図23に基づいて説明する。
保持部材16は、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32を装填する前には、第1の保持壁24aの第1の保持部60及び第1の保持部62と第2の保持壁24bの第2の保持部64及び第2の保持部66とが、第1の保持壁24a及び第2の保持壁24bの他の領域より外側に向けて膨出している(図22(B)参照)。
すなわち、第1の保持壁24aは、長さ方向において第1の貫通孔26より外側において第1の保持部60及び第1の保持部62を形成するための第1の保持壁24aの下縁との間に間隔をおいて細い切り込み68a及び切り込み70aが形成され、該切り込み68a及び切り込み70aと第1の保持壁24aの下縁との間における領域が第1の保持壁24aより外側に向けて打ち出されて、第1の保持部60及び第1の保持部62が形成される(図22(A)参照)。
また、第2の保持壁24bは、長さ方向において第2の貫通孔28より外側において第2の保持部64及び第2の保持部66を形成するための第2の保持壁24bの下縁との間に間隔をおいて細い切り込み72a及び切り込み74aが形成され、該切り込み72a及び切り込み74aと第2の保持壁24bの下縁との間における領域が第2の保持壁24bより外側に向けて打ち出されて、第2の保持部64及び第2の保持部66が形成される(図22(A)参照)。
作動部材18を保持部材16の保持空間内に装填するときは、まず、第1の作動片30を保持部材16内に装填し、次に、第2の作動片32を保持部材16内に装填する(図23(A)参照)。
このとき、第1の作動片30の突出部30c1が第1の保持部60の内側に、第1の作動片30の突出部30c2が第1の保持部62の内側に位置し、第2の作動片32の突出部32c1が第2の保持部64の内側に、第2の作動片32の突出部32c2が第2の保持部66の内側に位置する。
次に、第1の保持部60、第1の保持部62、第2の保持部64及び第2の保持部66を、第1の保持壁24a及び第2の保持壁24bの内側に向けて打ち込み、平面円弧状の第1の保持部60、第1の保持部62、第2の保持部64及び第2の保持部66を形成する(図23(B)参照)。
而して、第1の保持部60が突出部30c1の下面を、第1の保持部62が突出部30c2の下面を、第2の保持部64が突出部32c1の下面を、第2の保持部66が突出部32c2の下面をそれぞれ保持するように形成される。そして、突出部30c1は保持貫通孔68より外側に、突出部30c2は保持貫通孔70より外側に、突出部32c1は保持貫通孔72より外側に、突出部32c2は保持貫通孔74より外側に突き出る。
Next, a method for loading the actuating member 18 into the holding space of the holding member 16 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS.
Before the holding member 16 is loaded with the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32, the first holding portion 60 and the first holding portion 62 and the second holding portion of the first holding wall 24a are provided. The second holding portion 64 and the second holding portion 66 of the wall 24b bulge outward from other regions of the first holding wall 24a and the second holding wall 24b (FIG. 22B )reference).
That is, the first holding wall 24a is a lower edge of the first holding wall 24a for forming the first holding portion 60 and the first holding portion 62 outside the first through hole 26 in the length direction. A thin notch 68a and a notch 70a are formed at a distance from each other, and a region between the notch 68a and the notch 70a and the lower edge of the first holding wall 24a is directed outward from the first holding wall 24a. The first holding portion 60 and the first holding portion 62 are formed (see FIG. 22A).
The second holding wall 24b is a lower edge of the second holding wall 24b for forming the second holding portion 64 and the second holding portion 66 outside the second through hole 28 in the length direction. A thin notch 72a and a notch 74a are formed at a distance from each other, and a region between the notch 72a and the notch 74a and the lower edge of the second holding wall 24b is directed outward from the second holding wall 24b. The second holding part 64 and the second holding part 66 are formed (see FIG. 22A).
When loading the operating member 18 into the holding space of the holding member 16, first, the first operating piece 30 is loaded into the holding member 16, and then the second working piece 32 is loaded into the holding member 16. (See FIG. 23A).
At this time, the protruding portion 30c1 of the first working piece 30 is located inside the first holding portion 60, the protruding portion 30c2 of the first working piece 30 is located inside the first holding portion 62, and the second The protrusion 32 c 1 of the operating piece 32 is positioned inside the second holding part 64, and the protruding part 32 c 2 of the second operating piece 32 is positioned inside the second holding part 66.
Next, the first holding unit 60, the first holding unit 62, the second holding unit 64, and the second holding unit 66 are directed toward the inside of the first holding wall 24a and the second holding wall 24b. The first holding portion 60, the first holding portion 62, the second holding portion 64, and the second holding portion 66 having a planar arc shape are formed (see FIG. 23B).
Thus, the first holding portion 60 holds the lower surface of the protruding portion 30c1, the first holding portion 62 holds the lower surface of the protruding portion 30c2, and the second holding portion 64 holds the lower surface of the protruding portion 32c1. The portions 66 are formed so as to hold the lower surfaces of the protruding portions 32c2. The protrusion 30c1 protrudes outside the holding through hole 68, the protrusion 30c2 protrudes outside the holding through hole 70, the protrusion 32c1 protrudes outside the holding through hole 72, and the protrusion 32c2 protrudes outside the holding through hole 74. .

次に、開閉部材40を作動部材18に装填する方法について、図24ないし26に基づいて説明する。
固定先端部42a及び固定先端部42bが延ばされた側を、下側、すなわち保持部材16の被綴じ物載置部22とは反対側に位置させ、巻線部44の貫通孔内に開閉部材固定部36b及び開閉部材固定部38bを挿入して、空隙部36aと空隙部38aとの間に開閉部材40を装填する。
固定先端部42aのL字型の支持部位(係止脚部47a及び係止端部48a)を、図6(A)の矢印で示すように、巻線部44を中心に90°巻線方向(ねじり方向)に回し、第1の作動片30側に延ばして第1の作動片30の挿入孔36dに挿入し、わずかにずらせて支持部36cに係止させる。
また、固定先端部42bのL字型の支持部位(係止脚部47b及び係止端部48b)を、図6(A)の矢印で示すように、巻線部44を中心に90°巻線方向(ねじり方向)に回し、第2の作動片32側に延ばして第2の作動片32の挿入孔38dに挿入し、わずかにずらせて支持部38cに係止させる。
したがって、開閉部材40は、元の状態に戻ろうとする力を、開閉部材の一方の固定先端部42a及び開閉部材の他方の固定先端部42bを通して第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32に及ぼし、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32とを揺動させる。
また、開閉部材40の係止脚部47aと係止脚部47bとは、支持部36cと支持部38cの第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32の幅方向における内側面に係止され、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32とが揺動するときに、第1の作動片30と第2の作動片32の幅方向における位置を所定の位置に位置させて、不要な移動をすることがないように規制する。
Next, a method for loading the opening / closing member 40 into the operating member 18 will be described with reference to FIGS.
The side where the fixed front end 42a and the fixed front end 42b are extended is positioned on the lower side, that is, the side opposite to the binding object mounting portion 22 of the holding member 16, and is opened and closed in the through hole of the winding portion 44. The member fixing portion 36b and the opening / closing member fixing portion 38b are inserted, and the opening / closing member 40 is loaded between the gap portion 36a and the gap portion 38a.
The L-shaped support portion (the locking leg portion 47a and the locking end portion 48a) of the fixed distal end portion 42a is rotated 90 ° around the winding portion 44 as indicated by the arrow in FIG. Rotate in the (twisting direction), extend to the first working piece 30 side, insert into the insertion hole 36d of the first working piece 30, and slightly shift it to engage with the support portion 36c.
Further, the L-shaped support portion (the locking leg portion 47b and the locking end portion 48b) of the fixed distal end portion 42b is wound by 90 ° around the winding portion 44 as indicated by the arrows in FIG. It rotates in the linear direction (twisting direction), extends to the second working piece 32 side, is inserted into the insertion hole 38d of the second working piece 32, and is slightly shifted and locked to the support portion 38c.
Therefore, the opening / closing member 40 applies the force to return to the original state through the first fixed tip portion 42a of the opening / closing member and the other fixed tip portion 42b of the opening / closing member. The first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 are swung.
Further, the locking leg portion 47a and the locking leg portion 47b of the opening / closing member 40 are locked to the inner side surfaces in the width direction of the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 of the support portion 36c and the support portion 38c. When the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 swing, the position of the first working piece 30 and the second working piece 32 in the width direction is positioned at a predetermined position, Restricting unnecessary movement.

前記実施の形態によれば、一対の作動片(第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32)には、保持部材16に形成された貫通孔(第1の貫通孔26及び第2の貫通孔28)に通される突出部(突出部30c1、突出部30c2、突出部32c1、及び突出部32c2)が形成されているので、作動片(第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32)に綴杆(第1の綴杆12、第2の綴杆14)の基部を例えばカシメ止めをしても作動片(第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32)にかかるストレスを少なくするために面積を大きくすることができる。そのために、作動片(第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32)全体の強度を増すことができる。   According to the embodiment, the pair of operating pieces (the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32) are provided with through holes (the first through hole 26 and the second operating piece 32) formed in the holding member 16. Since the projecting portions (projecting portion 30c1, projecting portion 30c2, projecting portion 32c1, and projecting portion 32c2) that are passed through the through hole 28) are formed, the operating pieces (the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece) 32) Stress applied to the operating pieces (the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32) even if the base of the binding hook (the first binding rod 12, the second binding rod 14) is caulked, for example. The area can be increased in order to reduce Therefore, the strength of the entire operating piece (the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32) can be increased.

前記実施の形態の保持部とは異なり、図27及び図28において示すように、保持壁の下端縁より突き出し設けられた方形凸部を内側に向けて折り曲げて、第1の保持壁24aに第1の保持部160及び第1の保持部162が、第2の保持壁24bに第2の保持部164及び第2の保持部166が形成され、作動部材18の第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32に形成された突条30h及び突条32hの下端縁を、第1の保持壁24aの第1の保持部160及び第1の保持部162、第2の保持壁24bの第2の保持部164及び第2の保持部166により保持するように構成してもよい。
第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32は、その長さ方向に、第1の保持壁24aの第1の保持部160と第1の保持部162及び第2の保持壁24bの第2の保持部164と第2の保持部166の上面を摺動して移動することができる。
Unlike the holding portion of the above-described embodiment, as shown in FIGS. 27 and 28, a rectangular convex portion protruding from the lower end edge of the holding wall is bent inward, and the first holding wall 24a is The first holding portion 160 and the first holding portion 162 are formed on the second holding wall 24b, and the second holding portion 164 and the second holding portion 166 are formed on the second holding wall 24b. The protrusion 30h formed on the second operating piece 32 and the lower end edge of the protrusion 32h are connected to the first holding part 160, the first holding part 162, and the second holding wall 24b of the first holding wall 24a. The second holding unit 164 and the second holding unit 166 may be used for holding.
The first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 are arranged in the length direction of the first holding part 160 of the first holding wall 24a, the first holding part 162, and the second holding wall 24b. The upper holding surfaces of the second holding portion 164 and the second holding portion 166 can be slid and moved.

表紙は、第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14に綴じられた用箋等の被綴じ物Sが多くなったとき、第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14がたわむことを防止するために、次のような表紙310としてもよい。
表紙310は、前記綴具の保持部材を固定する背表紙316と、前記背表紙316の両端に、開閉自在に延設された表表紙312及び裏表紙314とを備え、図28ないし30に示すように、表表紙312と裏表紙314が背表紙316に対して立設状態となるように連設されている。
そして、表表紙312及び裏表紙314は、背表紙316寄りに開閉用の薄肉ヒンジ部318A,318Bが設けられている。表表紙312及び裏表紙314と背表紙316との連設部の構成としては、プラスチック型表紙体に略V字溝からなる連設部320を形成してその溝底で折り曲げる構成を採用している。すなわち、図30に示す通り、表表紙312及び裏表紙314と背表紙316との連設部320となる略V字溝を設け、この連設部320の溝底で折り曲げて背表紙316に対し表表紙312及び裏表紙314が立設状態に連設されるようにしたものである。連設部320を利用した場合、この連設部320の開き角度を変えることによって背表紙316の構造を変更することができる。
The cover sheet shows that the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 bend when the number of articles S to be bound such as notes attached to the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 increases. In order to prevent this, the following cover 310 may be used.
The front cover 310 includes a spine cover 316 for fixing the holding member of the binding tool, and a front cover 312 and a back cover 314 that are extended at both ends of the spine cover 316 so as to be openable and closable. As described above, the front cover 312 and the back cover 314 are continuously provided so as to stand up with respect to the spine 316.
The front cover 312 and the back cover 314 are provided with thin hinge portions 318A and 318B for opening and closing near the spine 316. As a configuration of the continuous portion of the front cover 312 and the back cover 314 and the back cover 316, a configuration is adopted in which a continuous portion 320 formed of a substantially V-shaped groove is formed in a plastic mold cover body and bent at the bottom of the groove. Yes. That is, as shown in FIG. 30, a substantially V-shaped groove serving as a connecting portion 320 between the front cover 312 and the back cover 314 and the back cover 316 is provided and bent at the groove bottom of the connecting portion 320 to the back cover 316. The front cover 312 and the back cover 314 are arranged continuously in an upright state. When the continuous portion 320 is used, the structure of the spine cover 316 can be changed by changing the opening angle of the continuous portion 320.

表表紙312及び裏表紙314の開閉を可能にする薄肉ヒンジ部318A,318Bは、断面略V字溝であり、連設部320から若干小口寄りの位置において表表紙312及び裏表紙314に設けられる。   The thin hinge portions 318A and 318B that allow opening and closing of the front cover 312 and the back cover 314 are substantially V-shaped cross sections, and are provided on the front cover 312 and the back cover 314 at positions slightly closer to the mouth from the connecting portion 320. .

このような表紙310を熱可塑性樹脂製シート材からなる表紙体を用いて成形する一例たる製造としては、例えば熱可塑性樹脂のシート材からなる表紙体に互いに平行な2本の略V字溝からなる連設部320を形成し、この連設部320のやや内側寄りの位置において互いに平行な略V字溝からなる連設部320をヒートプレス成形すると同時に表紙体に略V字溝からなる連設部320を閉塞する方向の加圧力を加えて互いの溝底を折り曲げるようにしている。熱可塑性樹脂製のシート材単体以外に、熱可塑性樹脂製シート材と表装材との2層構造も利用し得る。また、この2層構造において、厚紙とクロスの2層構造とすれば、略V字溝からなる連設部320の溝壁同志を接着剤で接着する構成も採用し得る。   As an example of manufacturing such a cover 310 using a cover body made of a thermoplastic resin sheet material, for example, from two substantially V-shaped grooves parallel to the cover body made of a thermoplastic resin sheet material. A continuous portion 320 formed of substantially V-shaped grooves parallel to each other at a position slightly inward of the continuous disposed portion 320 and heat-press-molded. The groove bottoms are bent by applying a pressing force in a direction to close the installation portion 320. In addition to the thermoplastic resin sheet material alone, a two-layer structure of a thermoplastic resin sheet material and a cover material can also be used. Further, in this two-layer structure, if a two-layer structure of cardboard and cloth is used, a configuration in which the groove walls of the continuous portion 320 made up of substantially V-shaped grooves are bonded with an adhesive may be employed.

前記表表紙312及び/又は裏表紙314は、前記閉じられた第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14と対向する領域に、綴具10の一部分を挿入して第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14の移動を規制する綴杆固定手段322,324が設けられている。
綴杆固定手段322,324は、第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14の移動側の側面と対向するように、第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14が嵌挿又は緩挿される貫通孔又は段差によって構成されている。
この綴杆固定手段322,324は、第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14の回転方向に伸びる長孔であり、長孔は、第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14の嵌挿又は緩挿される部位の長さ及び幅に対応した長さ及び幅を有する上下一対の直線状孔縁と、該直線状孔縁の両左端及び両右端の間に連設された円弧状孔縁とを有する長孔によって形成されている。
The front cover 312 and / or the back cover 314 may be formed by inserting a part of the binding device 10 into a region facing the closed first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14. Also, binding staple fixing means 322 and 324 for restricting the movement of the second binding rod 14 are provided.
The first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 are fitted or inserted so that the binding pin fixing means 322 and 324 face the moving side surfaces of the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14. It is comprised by the through-hole or level | step difference which is loosely inserted.
The binding rod fixing means 322 and 324 are long holes extending in the rotation direction of the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14, and the elongated holes are the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14. A pair of upper and lower straight hole edges having a length and width corresponding to the length and width of the part to be inserted or loosely inserted, and a circle connected between both left and right ends of the straight hole edge It is formed by a long hole having an arcuate hole edge.

閉じた第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14の幅は、表紙310の背表紙316の背幅及び平行に対向した表表紙312と裏表紙314との間の幅よりも広く形成されている。
第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14は、第1の作動片30及び第2の作動片32に取り付けられた基部よりやや上部から綴杆係止部50のやや外側に至るまで、略平行に閉じられた表表紙312と裏表紙314に形成された綴杆固定手段322,324を構成する長孔の中に嵌挿される。長孔の上下一対の直線状孔縁は、第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14の上下側面に当接し、円弧状孔縁は、第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14の左右の円周面に当接する。
The widths of the closed first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 are formed wider than the back width of the back cover 316 of the cover 310 and the width between the front cover 312 and the back cover 314 opposed in parallel. ing.
The first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 are from slightly above the base attached to the first operating piece 30 and the second operating piece 32 to reach slightly outside of the binding lock 50, The front cover 312 and the back cover 314, which are closed substantially in parallel, are inserted into elongated holes constituting the binding fixing means 322, 324 formed on the front cover 312. The pair of upper and lower linear hole edges of the long hole abuts on the upper and lower side surfaces of the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14, and the arcuate hole edges correspond to the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod. 14 abuts on the left and right circumferential surfaces.

そして、ファイル・バインダ300の表表紙312と裏表紙314とを平行に閉じた状態で第1の綴杆12を天側とし第2の綴杆14を地側にしてファイル・バインダ300を立てたとき、第1の綴杆12の第1の半割杆12a及び第2の綴杆14の第3の半割杆14a側に綴じられた用箋等の被綴じ物Pが偏っているときに衝撃が加わったりして、第1の綴杆12の第1の半割杆12a及び第2の綴杆14の第3の半割杆14aが第1の綴杆12の第2の半割杆12b及び第2の綴杆14の第4の半割杆14bと外れる下向きに移動したとしても、第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14の移動が綴杆固定手段324で規制され、綴杆固定手段324の下側の孔縁に係止されて、第1の綴杆12の第1の半割杆12aと第1の綴杆12の第2の半割杆12b及び第2の綴杆14の第3の半割杆14aと第2の綴杆14の第4の半割杆14bとが綴杆係止部50で外れることがない。   Then, with the front cover 312 and the back cover 314 of the file binder 300 closed in parallel, the file binder 300 was set up with the first binding 12 as the top side and the second binding 14 as the ground side. When the object P to be bound such as a note bound to the first half-cotton 12a of the first staple 12 and the third half-cotton 14a side of the second staple 14 is biased Or the like, and the first half-cotton 12a of the first staple 12 and the third half-divider 14a of the second staple 14 are the second half-divider 12b of the first staple 12. Even if the second binding rod 14 moves downwardly away from the fourth half-split bar 14b, the movement of the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 14 is restricted by the binding pin fixing means 324, The first half collar 12a of the first staple 12 and the second half of the first staple 12 are locked to the lower edge of the collar fixing means 324. Never deviate by Wari杆 12b and the fourth half rod 14b Togatsuzuri rod latching portion 50 of the third half rod 14a and the second binding rod 14 of the second binding rod 14.

綴具10を表紙Aに取り付けるには、第1の保持壁24aおよび第2の保持壁24bの下端縁を接合して取付孔20,20にボルトナットや鋲により取り付ければよい。
また、前記実施の形態においては、第1の綴杆12と第2の綴杆14といったように、2穴タイプの綴具について説明したが、綴杆を増やした多穴タイプ、例えば、3穴、4穴、20穴、26穴、30穴といった多くの綴杆を備えた綴具とすることができる。
綴杆の数に対応して、保持部材及び作動部材の長さがのびるとともに保持部材の第1の貫通孔及び第2の貫通孔の間に1または複数の第1の貫通孔及び第2の貫通孔と同様な貫通孔を形成し、作動部材に固定された綴杆を貫挿できるようにすればよい。
また、綴杆の形状は、略Oの字型ではなく、図32において示すように、略Dの字型にしてもよい。略Dの字型の第1の綴杆412及び第2の綴杆414を形成するには、第2の半割杆412b及び第4の半割杆414bは、前記実施の形態と比較的近い略Cの字型に形成し、第1の半割杆412a及び第3の半割杆414aは略倒L字型に形成し、第1の半割杆412aと第2の半割杆412b及び第3の半割杆414aと第4の半割杆414bとを閉じたとき、略Dの字型となるように形成する。
In order to attach the binding tool 10 to the cover A, the lower end edges of the first holding wall 24a and the second holding wall 24b may be joined and attached to the attachment holes 20 and 20 with bolts and nuts.
Moreover, in the said embodiment, although the two-hole type binding tool was demonstrated like the 1st binding rod 12 and the 2nd binding rod 14, the multi-hole type which increased the binding rod, for example, 3 holes It can be set as the binding tool provided with many bindings, such as 4 holes, 20 holes, 26 holes, and 30 holes.
Corresponding to the number of bindings, the lengths of the holding member and the actuating member are extended, and one or more first through holes and the second through holes are provided between the first through hole and the second through hole of the holding member. A through hole similar to the through hole may be formed so that the binding staple fixed to the operating member can be inserted.
Further, the shape of the binding may be a substantially D shape as shown in FIG. 32 instead of a substantially O shape. In order to form the first binding rod 412 and the second binding rod 414 having a substantially D shape, the second half-cutting rod 412b and the fourth half-cutting rod 414b are relatively close to the above embodiment. The first half-cradle 412a and the third half-cradle 414a are formed in a substantially inverted L shape, and the first half-cradle 412a and the second half-cradle 412b When the third half-cotton 414a and the fourth half-cotton 414b are closed, they are formed so as to be substantially D-shaped.

開閉部材は、前記実施の形態の綴具においては、一対の作動片に対応して、1個が装填されていたが、合計2個の開閉部材を装填してもよい。
また、作動部材を構成する第1の作動片及び第2の作動片は、それぞれ一体成形されていたが、綴杆の数が増加(4穴、20穴、26穴、30穴など)するに従って、第1の作動片及び第2の作動片をそれぞれ分割してもよい。
In the binding device of the embodiment, one opening / closing member is loaded corresponding to the pair of operating pieces, but a total of two opening / closing members may be loaded.
Moreover, although the 1st action piece and the 2nd action piece which comprise an action | operation member were each integrally molded, as the number of bindings increases (4 holes, 20 holes, 26 holes, 30 holes, etc.) The first working piece and the second working piece may be divided respectively.

次に、この発明の別の実施の形態である2穴真円型リング綴具について説明する。
図33は、本発明にかかる一実施の形態である綴具を用いたファイルを示す斜視図である。図34は、本発明にかかる一実施の形態である綴具の一例を示す斜視図であり、図35は、保持部材の斜視図である。図36は、作動部材及び開閉部材の斜視図解図である。図37は、開閉部材の平面図である。図38は、開閉部材の側面図解図で、(A)は元の状態の側面図解図で(B)は巻線部の円周方向に力を加えた状態の側面図解図である。図39は、綴杆及び作動部材の図解図であり、(A)は閉じた状態における綴杆と作動部材を示す平面図解図であり、(B)は第2の作動片の右側図解図である。図40は、閉じた状態における綴具の平面図である。図41は、閉じた状態における綴具の底面図である。図42は、閉じた状態における綴具の横断面図であり、(A)は、図41A−A断面図であり、(B)は、図41B−B断面図である。図43は、綴杆を開く状態を示す綴具の底面図である。図44は、綴杆を開く状態を示す綴具の綴杆の図解図である。
Next, a two-hole perfect circle ring binding device according to another embodiment of the present invention will be described.
FIG. 33 is a perspective view showing a file using a binding device according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 34 is a perspective view showing an example of a binding device according to an embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 35 is a perspective view of a holding member. FIG. 36 is a perspective view illustrating an operation member and an opening / closing member. FIG. 37 is a plan view of the opening / closing member. FIG. 38 is a side view of the opening and closing member, (A) is a side view of the original state, and (B) is a side view of the state in which a force is applied in the circumferential direction of the winding portion. FIG. 39 is an illustrative view of the binding rod and the operating member, (A) is a plan view illustrating the binding rod and the operating member in the closed state, and (B) is a right side illustrative view of the second operating piece. is there. FIG. 40 is a plan view of the binding device in the closed state. FIG. 41 is a bottom view of the binding device in a closed state. 42 is a cross-sectional view of the binding device in a closed state, (A) is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 41A-A, and (B) is a cross-sectional view of FIG. 41B-B. FIG. 43 is a bottom view of the binding device showing a state in which the binding rod is opened. FIG. 44 is an illustrative view of a binding device of a binding device showing a state in which the binding device is opened.

図33ないし34に示す綴具210は、厚紙その他の比較的硬質なシート材からなる表紙Aの略中央に形成される左右一対の折り線の内側の背表紙の内側表面に固定される。固定する方法としては、綴具210の長手方向の両端に形成された取付孔220(後に詳述する)にボルトとナットやはとめ等の固着具を挿通させて、背表紙と一体となるように固定する方法がある。
なお、ここでは、固着具として、ボルトとナットを用いて説明するが、これに限ることなく、例えば、ビス、はとめ、リベット等を用いてもよい。また、背表紙に対して、例えば、超音波溶着または高周波溶着することにより固着する方法を採用することもできる。
A binding device 210 shown in FIGS. 33 to 34 is fixed to the inner surface of a spine cover inside a pair of left and right fold lines formed at the approximate center of a cover sheet A made of cardboard or other relatively hard sheet material. As a fixing method, a fixing tool such as a bolt, a nut, and a fitting is inserted into mounting holes 220 (described in detail later) formed at both ends in the longitudinal direction of the binding tool 210 so as to be integrated with the back cover. There is a way to fix.
In addition, although demonstrated using a volt | bolt and a nut as a fixing tool here, it is not restricted to this, For example, you may use a screw, a fitting, a rivet, etc. In addition, for example, a method of adhering to the spine by ultrasonic welding or high frequency welding can be employed.

綴具210は、環状の綴杆を構成する一対のそれぞれ略円環状の金属製の第1の綴杆212および第1の綴杆212と一対の第2の綴杆214と、前記第1の綴杆212および第2の綴杆214をそれぞれ間隔をおいて設けることができる長さを備えた保持部材216と、その表面に第1の綴杆212および第2の綴杆214が間隔をおいて第1の綴杆212および第2の綴杆214のそれぞれの基部が固定され、第1の綴杆212および第2の綴杆214が前記保持部材216に固定されるように保持部材216の内側に可動自在に固定された作動部材218とを備える。   The binding tool 210 includes a pair of substantially annular metal first binding pins 212 and a first binding rod 212, a pair of second binding rods 214, and a first pair of the first binding rods constituting the annular binding rod. The holding member 216 having a length capable of providing the binding rod 212 and the second binding rod 214 at intervals, and the first binding rod 212 and the second binding rod 214 on the surface thereof are spaced apart from each other. Then, the respective bases of the first binding rod 212 and the second binding rod 214 are fixed, and the holding member 216 is fixed so that the first binding rod 212 and the second binding rod 214 are fixed to the holding member 216. And an actuating member 218 movably fixed inside.

この綴具210の綴杆は、主綴杆たる第1の綴杆212と副綴杆たる第2の綴杆214とからなる開閉自在の2穴タイプである。
第1の綴杆212と第2の綴杆214とは、同一方向に向けて、その綴杆係止部250を指で外すことができるように構成されている。
そして、綴杆を閉じるときは、主綴杆たる第1の綴杆212を、例えば親指と人差し指で直接挟んで閉じるように構成されており、第1の綴杆212を2本の指で挟んで閉じる方向に作動させると、副綴杆たる第2の綴杆214は追動するように構成されている。
The binding device of the binding tool 210 is a two-hole type that can be opened and closed, which includes a first binding rod 212 that is a main binding rod and a second binding rod 214 that is a secondary binding rod.
The first binding rod 212 and the second binding rod 214 are configured so that the binding binding portion 250 can be removed with a finger in the same direction.
When closing the binding, the first binding 212 as the main binding is closed with, for example, a thumb and an index finger, and the first binding 212 is sandwiched between two fingers. When operated in the closing direction, the second binding rod 214 as the secondary binding rod is configured to follow.

保持部材216は、第1の綴杆212と第2の綴杆214とを所定の間隔をおいて設けることができる長さを備える平面視略長方形で、その両端、すなわち表紙Aに取り付ける取付孔220の近傍においては、平面視略半円弧状に形成されている。
保持部材216は、第1の綴杆212および第2の綴杆214を固定する部位より長手方向における外側近傍より内側に向かって、その中央が膨出した断面略半円弧状の被綴じ物載置部222を備え、且つ、被綴じ物載置部222の内側は保持空間を備え、その保持空間に作動部材218等を収容するように構成されている。
保持部材216の被綴じ物載置部222の両端には、その長手方向に略その一端から他端に亘って、作動部材218を摺動自在に保持する保持壁224が設けられている。この実施の形態においては、保持壁224は、保持部材216の長手方向において、第1の綴杆212および第2の綴杆214のそれぞれの外側近傍より内部に亘って略全体において垂下されるように、第1の保持壁224aおよび第2の保持壁224bが連設され、第1の保持壁224aと第2の保持壁224bとは平行で略同一の形状の板状である。
そして、この第1の保持壁224aおよび第2の保持壁224bと被綴じ物載置部222によって囲繞された保持空間内に、後に詳しく説明する作動部材218等が収容される。
The holding member 216 has a substantially rectangular shape in plan view and has a length that allows the first binding rod 212 and the second binding rod 214 to be provided at a predetermined interval. In the vicinity of 220, it is formed in a substantially semicircular arc shape in plan view.
The holding member 216 is mounted on a binding object having a substantially semicircular cross section with a center bulging from the vicinity of the outer side in the longitudinal direction to the inner side from the portion where the first binding pin 212 and the second binding pin 214 are fixed. The holding portion 222 is provided, and the inside of the binding object mounting portion 222 is provided with a holding space, and the operation member 218 and the like are accommodated in the holding space.
At both ends of the binding object mounting portion 222 of the holding member 216, holding walls 224 that hold the actuating member 218 slidably from substantially one end to the other end in the longitudinal direction are provided. In this embodiment, the holding wall 224 hangs substantially entirely from the outside vicinity of the first binding rod 212 and the second binding rod 214 to the inside in the longitudinal direction of the holding member 216. In addition, a first holding wall 224a and a second holding wall 224b are connected in series, and the first holding wall 224a and the second holding wall 224b are parallel and have substantially the same plate shape.
In the holding space surrounded by the first holding wall 224a and the second holding wall 224b and the binding object mounting portion 222, an operating member 218 and the like which will be described in detail later are accommodated.

保持部材216の被綴じ物載置部222には、第1の綴杆212と第2の綴杆214とを、一定の間隔(日本工業規格等で決められている一定の長さ)をおいて遊貫するための第1の貫通孔226と第2の貫通孔228がそれぞれ穿設されている。
第1の貫通孔226と第2の貫通孔228とは、第1の綴杆212を構成する第1の半割杆212aおよび第2の半割杆212bと、第2の綴杆214を構成する第3の半割杆214aおよび第4の半割杆214bとに対応して、保持部材216の幅方向において左右に分かれて一定の間隔をおいて、2つずつ穿設されている。
The first binding pin 212 and the second binding pin 214 are placed on the binding object mounting portion 222 of the holding member 216 at a certain interval (a certain length determined by Japanese Industrial Standards). The first through-hole 226 and the second through-hole 228 are formed in order to penetrate freely.
The first through-hole 226 and the second through-hole 228 constitute a first binding rod 212a and a second half-cutting pin 212b that constitute the first binding rod 212, and a second binding rod 214. Corresponding to the third half-cut bar 214a and the fourth half-cut bar 214b, two holes are perforated in the width direction of the holding member 216 with a predetermined interval.

作動部材218は、平面視略長方形状金属板からなる一対の第1の作動片230および第2の作動片232からなる。
第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232は、その長手方向において、第1の保持壁224a及び第2の保持壁224bと平行でその内面に摺動する外側端縁230b及び外側端縁232bが形成され、該外側端縁230b及び外側端縁232bと平行に当該一対の第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232を突き合わせる突き合わせ縁230a及び突き合わせ縁232aが内側縁に形成されている。第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232は、点対称で、保持部材216の保持空間内において各々をその長手方向において並置したとき、各々その内側縁において屈曲自在に係合する。
The actuating member 218 includes a pair of first actuating pieces 230 and second actuating pieces 232 made of a substantially rectangular metal plate in plan view.
The first working piece 230 and the second working piece 232 have an outer edge 230b and an outer edge that slide in the inner surface in parallel with the first holding wall 224a and the second holding wall 224b in the longitudinal direction. 232b is formed, and a butt edge 230a and a butt edge 232a for abutting the pair of first operating piece 230 and second operating piece 232 in parallel with the outer edge 230b and the outer edge 232b are formed on the inner edge. ing. The first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232 are point-symmetric, and when they are juxtaposed in the longitudinal direction in the holding space of the holding member 216, they are engaged with each other at their inner edges so as to be freely bent.

そして、第1の作動片230および第2の作動片232は、外側から力が加わらないときには、第1の作動片230と第2の作動片232とが谷折り、すなわち保持部材216の被綴じ物載置部222の内面より離れた方向(突き合わせ縁230aおよび突き合わせ縁232aが、図39図示平面Pxyより下側)に向いて、あるいはまた、山折り、すなわち保持部材216の被綴じ物載置部222の内面に近づいた方向(突き合わせ縁230aおよび突き合わせ縁232aが図39図示平面Pxyより上側)に向いて、その谷折りまたは山折りの状態を維持するように、保持部材216の内側空間部に内設されている。
平面Pxyとは、第1の綴杆212と第2の綴杆214それぞれの基部が第1の作動片230と第2の作動片232に固着された部分(4箇所)を通る左右軸Y1,Y2および前後軸X1,X2(図39図示)を含む平面である。
When the first working piece 230 and the second working piece 232 are not applied with force from the outside, the first working piece 230 and the second working piece 232 are valley-folded, that is, the holding member 216 is bound. The direction facing away from the inner surface of the object placement portion 222 (the butt edge 230a and the butt edge 232a are below the plane Pxy shown in FIG. 39) or mountain fold, that is, the object to be bound of the holding member 216 is placed. An inner space portion of the holding member 216 so as to maintain the valley fold or mountain fold state in the direction approaching the inner surface of the portion 222 (the butt edge 230a and the butt edge 232a are above the plane Pxy in FIG. 39). Is installed inside.
The plane Pxy is a left-right axis Y 1 that passes through portions (four places) where the bases of the first binding rod 212 and the second binding rod 214 are fixed to the first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232, respectively. This is a plane including Y2 and the longitudinal axes X1 and X2 (shown in FIG. 39).

作動部材218は、一方の作動片、すなわち第1の作動片230における保持部材216の被綴じ物載置部222の内側面と対向する表面(すなわち上面)には、第1の綴杆212を構成する第1の半割杆212aの基部が固定され、且つ、前記第1の半割杆212aとは一定の間隔をおいて、第2の綴杆214を構成する第3の半割杆214aの基部が固定されている。
また、他方の作動片、すなわち第2の作動片232における保持部材216の被綴じ物載置部222と対向する表面(すなわち上面)には、第1の綴杆212を構成する第2の半割杆212bの基部が固定され、且つ、前記第2の半割杆212bと一定の間隔をおいて、第2の綴杆214を構成する第4の半割杆214bの基部が固定されている。
The actuating member 218 has a first binding pin 212 on one actuating piece, that is, a surface (that is, an upper surface) of the holding member 216 facing the inner surface of the binding object mounting portion 222 in the first actuating piece 230. The base of the first half-split 212a constituting the third half-split 214a constituting the second binding rod 214 is fixed and spaced apart from the first half-split 212a. The base of is fixed.
The second working piece, that is, the second working piece 232 has a second half constituting the first binding rod 212 on the surface (that is, the upper surface) of the holding member 216 facing the binding object mounting portion 222. The base portion of the split plate 212b is fixed, and the base portion of the fourth half split plate 214b constituting the second binding rod 214 is fixed at a certain distance from the second half split plate 212b. .

一方の作動片、すなわち第1の作動片230は、前記保持部材216に形成された第1の貫通孔226に通される突出部230c1(第1の半割杆212aの近傍に形成)および前記保持部材216に形成された第2の貫通孔228に通される突出部230c2(第3の半割杆214aの近傍に形成)が形成されている。
第2の作動片232は、前記保持部材216に形成された第1の貫通孔226に通される突出部232c1(第2の半割杆212bの近傍に形成)及び前記保持部材216に形成された第2の貫通孔228に通される突出部232c2(第4の半割杆214bの近傍に形成)が形成されている。
そして、一対の第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232は、前記突出部230c1と突出部230c2および突出部232c1と突出部232c2が第1の貫通孔226と第1の貫通孔226及び第2の貫通孔228と第2の貫通孔228に通された状態で、突き合わされている。
第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232は、突き合わせ縁230aおよび突き合わせ縁232aが、綴杆、すなわち第1の綴杆212及び第2の綴杆214を開いた際には前記保持部材216の内面に近づき且つ前記第1の綴杆212及び第2の綴杆214を閉じた際には前記保持部材216の内面から離れるように、前記第1の綴杆212及び第2の綴杆214を開閉する方向に揺動可能に、前記保持部材216に保持される。
One working piece, that is, the first working piece 230 is formed by a protruding portion 230c1 (formed in the vicinity of the first half split plate 212a) that is passed through the first through hole 226 formed in the holding member 216 and the first working piece 230. A protrusion 230c2 (formed in the vicinity of the third half crack 214a) passing through the second through hole 228 formed in the holding member 216 is formed.
The second operating piece 232 is formed on the protrusion 232c1 (formed in the vicinity of the second half split plate 212b) passed through the first through hole 226 formed in the holding member 216 and the holding member 216. In addition, a protruding portion 232c2 (formed in the vicinity of the fourth half split plate 214b) that is passed through the second through hole 228 is formed.
The pair of first operating piece 230 and second operating piece 232 includes the protruding portion 230c1, the protruding portion 230c2, the protruding portion 232c1, and the protruding portion 232c2, the first through hole 226, the first through hole 226, and the like. The second through hole 228 and the second through hole 228 are in contact with each other.
The first actuating piece 230 and the second actuating piece 232 have the holding member when the butting edge 230a and the butting edge 232a open the staple, that is, the first staple 212 and the second staple 214. When the first binding pin 212 and the second binding pin 214 are closed, the first binding pin 212 and the second binding pin are separated from the inner surface of the holding member 216 when the first binding pin 212 and the second binding pin 214 are closed. 214 is held by the holding member 216 so as to be swingable in the direction of opening and closing.

第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232は、一対の作動片が突き合わされる略直線状の突き合わせ縁230a及び突き合わせ縁232aが内側(第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232の幅方向において)に形成され、前記突き合わせ縁230a及び突き合わせ縁232aと略平行な略直線状の外側端縁230b及び外側端縁232bが外側(第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232の幅方向において)に形成されている。
第1の作動片230の外側端縁230bは、突出部230c1と第1の半割杆212aの基部との間の第1外側端縁230b1及び突出部230c2と第3の半割杆214aの基部との間の第1外側端縁230b2が、第1の作動片230と第2の作動片232とを水平に並置したとき第1の保持壁224aと接近し、第1の半割杆212aと第3の半割杆214aの間の第2外側端縁230b3が第1の作動片230と第2の作動片232とを水平に並置したとき第1の保持壁224aと接合せず、隙間が形成されるように、2種形成されている。
第2の作動片232の外側端縁232bは、突出部232c1と第2の半割杆212bの基部との間の第1外側端縁232b1及び突出部232c2と第4の半割杆214bの基部との間の第1外側端縁232b2が、第1の作動片230と第2の作動片232とを水平に並置したとき第2の保持壁224bと接近し、第2の半割杆212bと第4の半割杆214bの間の第2外側端縁232b3が第1の作動片230と第2の作動片232とを水平に並置したとき第2の保持壁224bと接合せず、隙間が形成されるように、2種形成されている。
すなわち、その突き合わせ縁230aおよび突き合わせ縁232aが突き合わされ且つ外側端縁230bの第1外側端縁230b1と第1外側端縁230b2および外側端縁232bの第1外側端縁232b1と第1外側端縁232b2が保持部材216の第1の保持壁224aと第2の保持壁224bとの両壁内内側面に接近する。
The first working piece 230 and the second working piece 232 have a substantially linear butting edge 230a and abutting edge 232a on the inner side (the first working piece 230 and the second working piece 232). The outer edge 230b and the outer edge 232b, which are substantially linear and substantially parallel to the butt edge 230a and the butt edge 232a, are formed on the outer side (the first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232). In the width direction).
The outer edge 230b of the first actuating piece 230 has a first outer edge 230b1 between the protruding portion 230c1 and the base of the first half split 212a, and a base of the protruding portion 230c2 and the third half split 214a. The first outer edge 230b2 between the first working piece 230 and the second working piece 232 approaches the first holding wall 224a when the first working piece 230 and the second working piece 232 are juxtaposed horizontally, When the second outer end edge 230b3 between the third half-cuts 214a horizontally juxtaposes the first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232, the first holding wall 224a is not joined and a gap is left. Two types are formed so as to be formed.
The outer edge 232b of the second actuating piece 232 has a first outer edge 232b1 between the protrusion 232c1 and the base of the second half split 212b, and a base of the protrusion 232c2 and the fourth half split 214b. The first outer edge 232b2 between the first working piece 230 and the second working piece 232 approaches the second holding wall 224b when the first working piece 230 and the second working piece 232 are juxtaposed horizontally, The second outer edge 232b3 between the fourth half-cuts 214b is not joined to the second holding wall 224b when the first working piece 230 and the second working piece 232 are juxtaposed horizontally, and there is no gap. Two types are formed so as to be formed.
That is, the butt edge 230a and the butt edge 232a are abutted and the first outer edge 230b1 and the first outer edge 230b2 of the outer edge 230b and the first outer edge 232b1 and the first outer edge of the outer edge 232b 232b2 approaches the inner inner surfaces of the first holding wall 224a and the second holding wall 224b of the holding member 216.

前記突出部230c1と突出部230c2とは、第1の半割杆212aと第3の半割杆214aの基部の取付け位置に近い位置である第1の作動片230の幅方向において外側で、それぞれ前後に間隔をあけて一対形成され、且つ、突出部232c1と突出部232c2とは、第2の半割杆212bと第4の半割杆214bの基部の取付け位置に近い位置である第2の作動片232の幅方向において外側で、それぞれ前後に間隔をあけて一対形成され、第1の綴杆212及び第2の綴杆214の開閉ができるように、保持部材216の第1の保持壁224a及び第2の保持壁224bより外側に突出している。
突出部230c1と突出部230c2とは、保持部材216の第1の保持壁224aの第1の貫通孔226及び第1の貫通孔226より外側に突き出る長さを備え、また、突出部232c1と突出部232c2とは、保持部材216の第2の保持壁224bの第2の貫通孔228及び第2の貫通孔228より外側に突き出る長さを備え、且つ、作動部材218が綴杆の開閉時に保持部材216の長手方向に移動可能な幅を有する舌状である。
作動片は、金属またプラスチックの薄板からなり、作動片と突出部とは一体成形されてなる。
The projecting portion 230c1 and the projecting portion 230c2 are outside in the width direction of the first operating piece 230, which is a position close to the mounting position of the bases of the first half split collar 212a and the third half split collar 214a, respectively. A pair of protrusions 232c1 and 232c2 are formed at a distance from each other in the front-rear direction, and the protrusions 232c1 and 232c2 are positions close to the attachment positions of the bases of the second half-split 212b and the fourth half-split 214b. A first holding wall of the holding member 216 is formed so that a pair is formed on the outer side in the width direction of the operating piece 232 with a space therebetween in the front-rear direction so that the first binding pin 212 and the second binding pin 214 can be opened and closed. 224a and the second holding wall 224b protrude outward.
The protruding portion 230c1 and the protruding portion 230c2 have a length that protrudes outward from the first through hole 226 and the first through hole 226 of the first holding wall 224a of the holding member 216, and protrude from the protruding portion 232c1. The portion 232c2 has a length protruding outward from the second through-hole 228 and the second through-hole 228 of the second holding wall 224b of the holding member 216, and the operating member 218 is held when the staple is opened and closed The member 216 has a tongue shape having a width movable in the longitudinal direction.
The operating piece is made of a thin plate of metal or plastic, and the operating piece and the protrusion are formed integrally.

前記第1の作動片230は、前記突き合わせ縁230aとは離れた位置で、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴杆212の基部と第2の綴杆214の基部とを結ぶ方向(図39図示X1及びX2方向)に近い方向にのびる突条230hが形成されている。この実施の形態においては、第1の綴杆212の基部と第2の綴杆214の基部とを結ぶ方向と平行で第1の作動片230の長さ方向にのびる。
前記突条230hは、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴杆212の基部と第2の綴杆214の基部の間で外側端縁230bの第2外側端縁230b3において、連続して、第1の綴杆212及び第2の綴杆214が突出する方向とは反対側に向けて突設されている。
前記突条230hは、第1の作動片230を構成する平板状の金属製板体を断面L字形に折り曲げて形成されている。
また、前記第2の作動片232は、前記突き合わせ縁232aとは離れた位置で、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴杆212の基部と第2の綴杆214の基部とを結ぶ方向(図39図示X1及びX2方向)に近い方向にのびる突条232hが形成されている。この実施の形態においては、第1の綴杆212の基部と第2の綴杆214の基部とを結ぶ方向と平行で第2の作動片232の長さ方向にのびる。
前記突条232hは、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴杆212の基部と第2の綴杆214の基部の間で外側端縁232bの第2外側端縁232b3において、連続して、第1の綴杆212及び第2の綴杆214が突出する方向とは反対側に向けて突設されている。
前記突条232hは、第2の作動片232を構成する平板状の金属製板体を断面L字形に折り曲げて形成されている。
したがって、第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232は、第1の綴杆212の基部と第2の綴杆214の基部間におけるしなりが、突条230h及び突条232hにより防止される。
The first actuating piece 230 is connected to the base of the first binding pin 212 and the base of the second binding pin 214 that are spaced apart from each other at a position away from the butting edge 230a (see FIG. 39 is formed with a protrusion 230h extending in a direction close to (the X1 and X2 directions in FIG. 39). In this embodiment, the first operating piece 230 extends in the length direction in parallel with the direction connecting the base portion of the first binding rod 212 and the base portion of the second binding rod 214.
The protrusion 230h is continuously formed at the second outer end edge 230b3 of the outer end edge 230b between the base portion of the first binding rod 212 and the base portion of the second binding rod 214 that are provided at intervals. The first binding rod 212 and the second binding rod 214 project toward the opposite side of the protruding direction.
The protrusion 230h is formed by bending a flat metal plate constituting the first operating piece 230 into an L-shaped cross section.
In addition, the second operating piece 232 connects the base portion of the first binding rod 212 and the base portion of the second binding rod 214, which are spaced apart from the butted edge 232a. A protrusion 232h extending in a direction close to (in the direction of X1 and X2 in FIG. 39) is formed. In this embodiment, the second working piece 232 extends in the length direction in parallel with the direction connecting the base portion of the first binding rod 212 and the base portion of the second binding rod 214.
The ridge 232h is continuously formed at the second outer end edge 232b3 of the outer end edge 232b between the base part of the first binding bar 212 and the base part of the second binding bar 214 provided at intervals. The first binding rod 212 and the second binding rod 214 project toward the opposite side of the protruding direction.
The protrusion 232h is formed by bending a flat metal plate constituting the second operating piece 232 into an L-shaped cross section.
Therefore, the first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232 are prevented from being bent between the base portion of the first binding rod 212 and the base portion of the second binding rod 214 by the protrusion 230h and the protrusion 232h. The

第1の作動片230は、基部で固定された第1の半割杆212a及び第3の半割杆214aの基部の近傍に、第1の作動片230を補強してしなりを少なくするために、ビード234a及びビード234bが上面(第1の綴杆212及び第2の綴杆214が突出する方向)に向けて突設されている。
第2の作動片232は、基部で固定された第2の半割杆212b及び第4の半割杆214bの基部の近傍に、第2の作動片232を補強してしなりを少なくするために、ビード234c及びビード234dが上面(第1の綴杆212及び第2の綴杆214が突出する方向)に向けて突設されている。
The first operating piece 230 is used to reinforce the first operating piece 230 in the vicinity of the bases of the first half-split bar 212a and the third half-split bar 214a fixed at the base to reduce the bending. In addition, the beads 234a and the beads 234b are protruded toward the upper surface (the direction in which the first binding rod 212 and the second binding rod 214 protrude).
The second operating piece 232 reinforces the second operating piece 232 in the vicinity of the bases of the second half-split 212b and the fourth half-split 214b fixed at the base to reduce the bending. In addition, the beads 234c and the beads 234d protrude toward the upper surface (the direction in which the first binding rod 212 and the second binding rod 214 protrude).

ビード234aは、第1の半割杆212aの基部と突出部230c1との間において第1の作動片230の長手方向にのびる第1直線部234a1と、突条230hの内側(第1の作動片230の幅方向における略々中央において)で第1の半割杆212aの基部の近傍から第1の作動片230の長手方向にのびる第2直線部234a2と、第1直線部234a1の内側端と第2直線部234a2の外側端との間を結ぶ斜線部234a3とを備え、第1の作動片230の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
ビード234bは、第3の半割杆214aの基部と突出部230c2との間において第1の作動片230の長手方向にのびる第1直線部234b1と、突条230hの内側(第1の作動片230の幅方向における略々中央において)で第3の半割杆214aの基部の近傍から第1の作動片230の長手方向にのびる第2直線部234b2と、第1直線部234b1の内側端と第2直線部234b2の外側端との間を結ぶ斜線部234b3とを備え、第1の作動片230の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
ビード234cは、第2の半割杆212bの基部と突出部232c1との間において第2の作動片232の長手方向にのびる第1直線部234c1と、突条232hの内側(第2の作動片232の幅方向における略々中央において)で第2の半割杆212bの基部の近傍から第2の作動片232の長手方向にのびる第2直線部234c2と、第1直線部234c1の内側端と第2直線部234c2の外側端との間を結ぶ斜線部234c3とを備え、第2の作動片232の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
ビード234dは、第4の半割杆214bの基部と突出部232c2との間において第2の作動片232の長手方向にのびる第1直線部234d1と、突条232hの内側(第2の作動片232の幅方向における略々中央において)で第3の半割杆214bの基部の近傍から第2の作動片232の長手方向にのびる第2直線部234d2と、第1直線部234d1の内側端と第2直線部234d2の外側端との間を結ぶ斜線部234d3とを備え、第2の作動片232の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
The bead 234a includes a first straight portion 234a1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the first operating piece 230 between the base portion of the first half split plate 212a and the protruding portion 230c1, and an inner side of the protrusion 230h (first operating piece). The second straight portion 234a2 extending in the longitudinal direction of the first operating piece 230 from the vicinity of the base portion of the first half split plate 212a and the inner end of the first straight portion 234a1 A slanted line portion 234a3 connecting the outer end of the second straight line portion 234a2 is provided, and a straight convex portion having a certain width is projected from the lower surface of the first operating piece 230 toward the upper surface.
The bead 234b includes a first straight portion 234b1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the first operating piece 230 between the base portion of the third half split plate 214a and the protruding portion 230c2, and an inner side of the protrusion 230h (the first operating piece The second straight portion 234b2 extending in the longitudinal direction of the first operating piece 230 from the vicinity of the base portion of the third half-cut arm 214a, and the inner end of the first straight portion 234b1 A slanted line portion 234b3 connecting between the second straight portion 234b2 and the outer end of the second straight portion 234b2 is provided, and a linear convex portion having a constant width is projected from the lower surface of the first operating piece 230 toward the upper surface.
The bead 234c includes a first straight portion 234c1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the second operating piece 232 between the base portion of the second half split plate 212b and the protruding portion 232c1, and an inner side of the protrusion 232h (second operating piece). A second linear portion 234c2 extending in the longitudinal direction of the second working piece 232 from the vicinity of the base portion of the second half-cotton 212b and an inner end of the first linear portion 234c1 A slanted line portion 234c3 connecting between the second straight line portion 234c2 and the outer end of the second straight line portion 234c2 is provided, and a straight convex portion having a constant width is projected from the bottom surface of the second working piece 232 toward the top surface.
The bead 234d includes a first straight portion 234d1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the second operating piece 232 between the base portion of the fourth half split plate 214b and the protruding portion 232c2, and an inner side of the protrusion 232h (second operating piece). A second linear portion 234d2 extending in the longitudinal direction of the second actuating piece 232 from the vicinity of the base portion of the third half split plate 214b at an approximately center in the width direction of 232, and an inner end of the first linear portion 234d1 The second straight line portion 234d2 is provided with a slanted line portion 234d3 that connects to the outer end of the second straight line portion 234d2, and is formed by projecting a straight convex portion having a constant width from the lower surface to the upper surface of the second operating piece 232.

前記第1の作動片230は、一対の作動片を係合させるための係合部230d及び係合部230eが、第1の作動片230の突き合わせ縁230aから第2の作動片232の突き合わせ縁232aに向けて突き出し設けられ、且つ、一対の作動片を係合させるための係合部232d及び係合部232eが、第2の作動片232の突き合わせ縁232aから第1の作動片230の突き合わせ縁230aに向けて突き出し設けられている。
係合部230d及び係合部230eと係合部232d及び係合部232eは、対向する第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232の上側に向けて延びて突き合わせ縁230a及び突き合わせ縁232aを中心にして第1の作動片230と第2の作動片232とが揺動するように形成されている。
In the first working piece 230, an engaging portion 230d and an engaging portion 230e for engaging a pair of working pieces have a butt edge of the second working piece 232 from a butt edge 230a of the first working piece 230. The engaging portion 232d and the engaging portion 232e that are provided to protrude toward the 232a and engage the pair of operating pieces are abutted against the first operating piece 230 from the abutting edge 232a of the second operating piece 232 It protrudes toward the edge 230a.
The engaging portion 230d and the engaging portion 230e and the engaging portion 232d and the engaging portion 232e extend toward the upper side of the first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232 facing each other, and the butting edge 230a and the butting edge 232a. The first actuating piece 230 and the second actuating piece 232 are formed to oscillate around the center.

係合部230d及び係合部230eと係合部232d及び係合部232eは、保持部材216の被綴じ物載置部222の内面側に向けて、作動部材218の厚み分を突き出された基部と、前記基部の先端より突き出された押さえ部とを備えた平面視略U字状に形成されている。そして、押さえ部は、一対の作動片たる第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232のうちの片一方の作動片たる第1の作動片230または第2の作動片232のはずれ止めの機能を備え、係合部230d及び係合部230eと係合部232d及び係合部232eは、保持部材216の被綴じ物載置部222の内面側に向けて突き出されて、一対の作動片たる第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232の片一方の作動片、すなわち第1の作動片230または第2の作動片232の保持部材216の被綴じ物載置部222の内面側において接近している。
最も外側の係合部230d及び係合部232dは、第1の作動片230と第2の作動片232を逆方向に移動させたときにおいても作動部材218の端縁より内側に位置する幅を備えている。
最も外側の係合部230d及び232dと内側の係合部230e及び232eとは、第1の綴杆212及び第2の綴杆214の基部が取付けられた部位を挟んで適宜な間隔をおいて形成されている。
The engaging portion 230d, the engaging portion 230e, the engaging portion 232d, and the engaging portion 232e are protruded toward the inner surface side of the binding object mounting portion 222 of the holding member 216 by the thickness of the operating member 218. And a pressing portion protruding from the distal end of the base portion. Then, the pressing portion is used to prevent the first working piece 230 or the second working piece 232 that is one of the first working piece 230 and the second working piece 232 as a pair of working pieces from being detached. The engaging portion 230d and the engaging portion 230e, and the engaging portion 232d and the engaging portion 232e are protruded toward the inner surface side of the binding object mounting portion 222 of the holding member 216, and a pair of operating pieces One working piece of the first working piece 230 and the second working piece 232, that is, the inner surface side of the binding object mounting portion 222 of the holding member 216 of the first working piece 230 or the second working piece 232 Is approaching.
The outermost engaging portion 230d and the engaging portion 232d have a width located inside the end edge of the operating member 218 even when the first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232 are moved in the opposite directions. I have.
The outermost engaging portions 230d and 232d and the inner engaging portions 230e and 232e are spaced apart from each other with a portion where the bases of the first binding rod 212 and the second binding rod 214 are attached. Is formed.

そして、前記第1の綴杆212および第2の綴杆214が閉じるときには、図42に示すように、作動部材218を構成する第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232は、その突き合わせ縁230aおよび突き合わせ縁232aが保持部材216の内面(被綴じ物載置部222の内面)より離れた方向に向いて(すなわち谷折りの状態)、第1の作動片230の突き合わせ縁230aと第2の作動片232の突き合わせ縁232aとが突き合わされた状態において保持されるとともに、前記第1の綴杆212および第2の綴杆214を開くときには、図47に示すように、作動部材218を構成する第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232は、保持部材216の内面(被綴じ物載置部222の内面)に近づいた方向に向いて(すなわち山折り状態)、第2の作動片232の突き合わせ縁232aとが突き合わされた状態に保持されるように保持部材216内の空間において固定される。   When the first binding rod 212 and the second binding rod 214 are closed, as shown in FIG. 42, the first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232 constituting the operating member 218 are in contact with each other. The edge 230a and the butt edge 232a face away from the inner surface of the holding member 216 (the inner surface of the binding object mounting portion 222) (that is, in a valley fold state), and the butt edge 230a of the first working piece 230 and the first edge 47, when the first binding rod 212 and the second binding rod 214 are opened, the operation member 218 is moved as shown in FIG. The first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232 that are configured are oriented in a direction approaching the inner surface of the holding member 216 (the inner surface of the binding object mounting portion 222) (that is, Folded state), is fixed in the space inside the holding member 216 so as to be held in abutting the edge 232a is abutted to the second operating piece 232.

また、作動部材218を構成する第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232は、保持部材216の被綴じ物載置部222の内面に近づいた方向、すなわち山折りの状態においては、第1の作動片230と第2の作動片232の長手方向、すなわち第1の作動片230と第2の作動片232に固着された第1の半割杆212aと第3の半割杆214aとを結ぶ線(X1(図39図示))および第2の半割杆212bと第4の半割杆214bとを結ぶ線(X2(図39図示))と平行な方向に、第1の作動片230と第2の作動片232とを移動させることができるように摺動自在に内設されている。   Further, the first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232 constituting the operating member 218 are arranged in the direction approaching the inner surface of the binding object mounting portion 222 of the holding member 216, that is, in the state of mountain folding. The longitudinal direction of one working piece 230 and the second working piece 232, that is, the first half-split 212 a and the third half-split 214 a fixed to the first working piece 230 and the second working piece 232, In the direction parallel to the line (X1 (shown in FIG. 39)) connecting the second half-split 212b and the fourth half-split 214b (X2 (shown in FIG. 39)). 230 and the second operating piece 232 are slidably provided so as to be movable.

第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232は、空隙部236a及び空隙部238aと開閉部材固定部236b及び開閉部材固定部238bの外側近傍において、第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232の長手方向への移動を規制する移動規制部が形成される。
移動規制部は、第1の作動片230の突き合わせ縁230aに形成された規制凹部230f及び規制凸起230gと、第2の作動片232の突き合わせ縁232aに形成された規制凹部232f及び規制凸起232gとから形成される。
規制凹部230fは、開閉部材固定部236bの外側近傍において、突き合わせ縁230aより幅方向において凹んだ平面視コ字型の穴であり、規制凸起232gは、前記規制凹部230fと遊嵌するように形成された平面視コ字型の凸起であり、規制凹部230fに規制凸起232gが遊嵌されて、規制凹部230f内において第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232がその長手方向に互い違いに移動するように形成されている。
規制凹部232fは、開閉部材固定部238bの外側近傍において、突き合わせ縁232aより幅方向において凹んだ平面視コ字型の穴であり、規制凸起230gは、前記規制凹部232fと遊嵌するように形成された平面視コ字型の凸起であり、規制凹部232fに規制凸起230gが遊嵌されて、規制凹部232f内において第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232がその長手方向に互い違いに移動するように形成されている。
The first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232 are arranged in the vicinity of the outside of the gap portion 236a, the gap portion 238a, the opening / closing member fixing portion 236b, and the opening / closing member fixing portion 238b. A movement restricting portion that restricts the movement of the piece 232 in the longitudinal direction is formed.
The movement restricting portion includes a restriction recess 230f and a restriction protrusion 230g formed on the abutting edge 230a of the first operating piece 230, and a restriction recess 232f and a restriction protrusion formed on the abutting edge 232a of the second operation piece 232. 232g.
The restriction recess 230f is a U-shaped hole in a plan view that is recessed in the width direction from the abutting edge 230a in the vicinity of the outside of the opening / closing member fixing portion 236b, and the restriction protrusion 232g is loosely fitted to the restriction recess 230f. The projection is formed in a U-shape in plan view, and the regulation protrusion 232g is loosely fitted in the regulation recess 230f, and the first operation piece 230 and the second action piece 232 are in the longitudinal direction in the regulation recess 230f. It is formed to move alternately.
The restriction recess 232f is a U-shaped hole in a plan view that is recessed in the width direction from the butt edge 232a in the vicinity of the outside of the opening / closing member fixing portion 238b, and the restriction protrusion 230g is loosely fitted to the restriction recess 232f. The formed protrusion is a U-shaped protrusion in plan view, and the restricting protrusion 230g is loosely fitted in the restricting recess 232f, and the first actuating piece 230 and the second actuating piece 232 in the restricting recess 232f are in the longitudinal direction. It is formed to move alternately.

第1の作動片230の突き合わせ縁230a及び第2の作動片232の突き合わせ縁232aに、第1の綴杆212と第2の綴杆214とを開閉方向に変化させる開閉部材240が設けられている。
開閉部材240は、ねじりコイルバネからなり、巻線部244と巻線部244の両端から巻線部244の中心軸と直交する方向に伸びる固定先端部242aと固定先端部242bとが連設され、ねじりモーメントが発生しない元の状態は、図38(A)に示すように、巻線部244の円周方向に固定先端部242aと固定先端部242bとが平行に突き出されている。
固定先端部242a及び固定先端部242bは、巻線部244から突き出された直線状の係止脚部247aおよび係止脚部247bと、該係止脚部247a及び係止脚部247bの自由端側に連設された規制脚部248a及び規制脚部248bとを備えている。そして、係止脚部247a及び係止脚部247bと規制脚部248a及び規制脚部248bとは直交している。
ねじりモーメントが発生しない元の状態においては、図38(A)に示すように、一方の係止脚部247aともう一方の係止脚部247bとは、それぞれ反対方向に向いて、平行にのびる。また、一方の規制脚部248aともう一方の規制脚部248bとは、それぞれ反対方向に向いて、平行にのびるように形成されている。
An opening / closing member 240 that changes the first binding rod 212 and the second binding rod 214 in the opening / closing direction is provided on the butting edge 230a of the first operating piece 230 and the butting edge 232a of the second operating piece 232. Yes.
The opening / closing member 240 is composed of a torsion coil spring, and a fixed tip portion 242a and a fixed tip portion 242b extending from both ends of the winding portion 244 and the winding portion 244 in a direction orthogonal to the central axis of the winding portion 244 are connected. In the original state in which no torsional moment is generated, as shown in FIG. 38A, the fixed tip portion 242a and the fixed tip portion 242b are projected in parallel in the circumferential direction of the winding portion 244.
The fixed distal end portion 242a and the fixed distal end portion 242b include linear locking leg portions 247a and locking leg portions 247b protruding from the winding portion 244, and free ends of the locking leg portions 247a and the locking leg portions 247b. A regulation leg portion 248a and a regulation leg portion 248b provided on the side are provided. And the latching leg part 247a and the latching leg part 247b, the regulation leg part 248a, and the regulation leg part 248b are orthogonal.
In the original state where no torsional moment is generated, as shown in FIG. 38A, one locking leg portion 247a and the other locking leg portion 247b extend in parallel in opposite directions. . Further, one regulating leg 248a and the other regulating leg 248b are formed to extend in parallel in opposite directions.

この綴具210を構成する第1の作動片230の突き合わせ縁230aの略中央付近には、空隙部236aが形成され、且つ、第2の作動片232の突き合わせ縁232aの略中央付近にも、空隙部238aが形成されるとともに、前記空隙部236aの一方端には、開閉部材240を係止する開閉部材固定部236bが突設され、且つ、前記空隙部238aの一方端には、開閉部材240を係止する開閉部材固定部238bが突設されている。
前記開閉部材固定部236b及び前記開閉部材固定部238bは、第1の作動片230に第1の綴杆212が固定された基部を結ぶ線X1、または第2の作動片232に第2の綴杆214が固定された基部を結ぶ線X2の延びる方向に離れて形成されている。
A gap 236a is formed in the vicinity of the approximate center of the butting edge 230a of the first operating piece 230 constituting the binding tool 210, and also in the vicinity of the approximate center of the butting edge 232a of the second operating piece 232, A gap portion 238a is formed, and an opening / closing member fixing portion 236b that locks the opening / closing member 240 projects from one end of the gap portion 236a, and an opening / closing member is formed at one end of the gap portion 238a. An opening / closing member fixing portion 238b that locks 240 is provided to protrude.
The opening / closing member fixing portion 236b and the opening / closing member fixing portion 238b include a line X1 connecting a base portion where the first binding piece 212 is fixed to the first operating piece 230, or a second binding piece to the second operating piece 232. It is formed apart in the direction in which the line X2 connecting the base portion to which the collar 214 is fixed.

そして、開閉部材240は、前記開閉部材固定部236b及び開閉部材固定部238bに巻線部244の両端が係止されて前記空隙部236a及び空隙部238aに収納される。
そして、前記開閉部材240の巻線部244の両端から延びる先端部を支持するために、前記作動部材218に支持部236c及び支持部238cが形成されている。
前記開閉部材240の巻線部244の両端から延びる固定先端部は、第1の作動片230の支持部236c及び第2の作動片232の支持部238cに係止され、支持されている。
すなわち、一方の固定先端部242aは、巻線部244端部が係止される前記開閉部材固定部238bが形成された第2の作動片232に対向する第1の作動片230の支持部236cに支持され、またもう一方の固定先端部242bは、開閉部材固定部236bが形成された第1の作動片230に対向する第2の作動片232の支持部238cに支持されている。
The opening / closing member 240 is housed in the gap portion 236a and the gap portion 238a with both ends of the winding portion 244 being engaged with the opening / closing member fixing portion 236b and the opening / closing member fixing portion 238b.
A support portion 236c and a support portion 238c are formed on the actuating member 218 in order to support tip portions extending from both ends of the winding portion 244 of the opening / closing member 240.
The fixed leading end portion extending from both ends of the winding portion 244 of the opening / closing member 240 is locked and supported by the support portion 236c of the first operating piece 230 and the support portion 238c of the second operating piece 232.
That is, the one fixed tip 242a has a support portion 236c of the first working piece 230 facing the second working piece 232 in which the opening / closing member fixing portion 238b to which the end of the winding portion 244 is locked is formed. The other fixed distal end portion 242b is supported by the support portion 238c of the second working piece 232 facing the first working piece 230 in which the opening / closing member fixing portion 236b is formed.

固定先端部242a及び固定先端部242bは、係止脚部247a及び係止脚部247bの長さが一定であり、係止脚部247aが作動部材218の一方の作動片230の支持部236cに及び係止脚部247bが作動部材218の他方の作動片232の支持部238cに係止されるために、第1の作動片230の突き合わせ縁230a及び第2の作動片232の突き合わせ縁232aにおいて突き合わされた第1の作動片230と第2の作動片232との間における距離を、一定に保ち、第1の作動片230と第2の作動片232とを引き寄せてそれぞれの位置関係を最適な状態に保つ。
したがって、綴杆を構成する第1の綴杆212及び第2の綴杆214の開閉時において、第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232が突き合わせ縁230a及び突き合わせ縁232aを枢軸として揺動するときにおいて、第1の作動片230の幅と第2の作動片232の幅との和が最大になったとき、すなわち、第1の作動片230と第2の作動片232とが平面状態(中立状態)になったときにおいても、第1の作動片230の最も外側の縁(外側端縁230b及び突条230h)と保持部材216の第1の保持壁224aとの間及び第2の作動片232の最も外側の縁(外側端縁232b及び突条232h)と保持部材216の第2の保持壁224bとの間に適宜な間隙が生じ、保持部材216の保持空間内において作動部材218の第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232が円滑に移動できる。
The fixed tip portion 242a and the fixed tip portion 242b have the same lengths of the locking leg portion 247a and the locking leg portion 247b, and the locking leg portion 247a is attached to the support portion 236c of one operating piece 230 of the operating member 218. And the locking leg portion 247b is locked to the support portion 238c of the other operating piece 232 of the operating member 218, so that at the butting edge 230a of the first operating piece 230 and the butting edge 232a of the second operating piece 232 The distance between the first working piece 230 and the second working piece 232 that are abutted is kept constant, and the first working piece 230 and the second working piece 232 are drawn together to optimize the positional relationship between them. Keep in good condition.
Therefore, when the first binding pin 212 and the second binding rod 214 constituting the binding rod are opened and closed, the first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232 swing around the butting edge 230a and the butting edge 232a as pivots. When moving, when the sum of the width of the first working piece 230 and the width of the second working piece 232 is maximized, that is, the first working piece 230 and the second working piece 232 are flat. Even when the state (neutral state) is reached, the second outermost edge (outer edge 230b and protrusion 230h) of the first working piece 230 and the first holding wall 224a of the holding member 216 and the second An appropriate gap is generated between the outermost edge (outer edge 232b and ridge 232h) of the operating piece 232 and the second holding wall 224b of the holding member 216, and the operating member is held in the holding space of the holding member 216. 218's Operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232 of 1 can be smoothly moved.

前記半割杆が組み合わされて第1の綴杆212及び第2の綴杆214が形成されているとき、前記保持部材216の長手方向における前記開閉部材240の両側の先端部間の距離(固定先端部242aの係止脚部247aと固定先端部242bの係止脚部247bとの間の距離)は、前記巻線部244の両端の距離と略々同一に形成されている。
そして、1対の前記第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232は、前記保持部材216の長手方向において互いに逆方向に移動させることにより、前記半割杆の組み合わせによる前記第1の綴杆212及び第2の綴杆214が分離され、前記第1の綴杆212及び第2の綴杆214が分離されたときに、前記開閉部材240の両先端部が平面視略平行な状態から互いにやや離れる方向にわん曲した後に略平行となった状態で、前記開閉部材240は、前記第1の作動片230と第2の作動片232とを付勢して、前記第1の半割杆212aと第2の半割杆212b及び第3の半割杆214aと第4の半割杆214bとを開放させる。
When the first binding rod 212 and the second binding rod 214 are formed by combining the half splits, the distance (fixed) between the tip portions on both sides of the opening / closing member 240 in the longitudinal direction of the holding member 216 The distance between the locking leg portion 247a of the distal end portion 242a and the locking leg portion 247b of the fixed distal end portion 242b) is substantially the same as the distance between both ends of the winding portion 244.
Then, the pair of the first working piece 230 and the second working piece 232 are moved in the opposite directions in the longitudinal direction of the holding member 216, so that the first binding by the combination of the half splits is performed. When the collar 212 and the second staple 214 are separated and the first staple 212 and the second staple 214 are separated, the both ends of the opening / closing member 240 are substantially parallel to each other in plan view. The opening / closing member 240 urges the first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232 in a state of being substantially parallel after bending in a direction slightly away from each other, and thereby the first half. The barb 212a and the second half-barrel 212b and the third half-barrel 214a and the fourth half-barrel 214b are opened.

開閉部材固定部236b及び開閉部材固定部238bは、直線状の突き合わせ縁230a及び突き合わせ縁232aに一直線状に並ぶように、空隙部236a及び空隙部238aの中央に向けて突き出され、開閉部材240の巻線部244の内側に形成された貫通孔内に挿入される太さと長さを有するように形成されている。   The opening / closing member fixing portion 236b and the opening / closing member fixing portion 238b are projected toward the center of the gap portion 236a and the gap portion 238a so as to be aligned with the straight abutting edge 230a and the abutting edge 232a. It is formed so as to have a thickness and a length to be inserted into a through hole formed inside the winding portion 244.

支持部236c及び支持部238cは、第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232を構成する平板状の金属製板体を切り起こして、L字型に折り曲げられてなり、垂直に伸びる基部236c1及び基部238c1と、基部236c1及び基部238c1から直行するようにのびる抜け止め端部236c2及び抜け止め端部238c2とを備える。抜け止め端部236c2及び抜け止め端部238c2は、第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232の長手方向(第1の作動片230はO1方向とは反対方向に、第2の作動片232はO2方向とは反対方向(図39図示))に、基部236c1及び基部238c1の下端からのびる。   The support part 236c and the support part 238c are formed by cutting and raising a flat metal plate constituting the first working piece 230 and the second working piece 232, bent into an L shape, and extending vertically. 236c1 and a base portion 238c1, and a retaining end portion 236c2 and a retaining end portion 238c2 that extend straight from the base portion 236c1 and the base portion 238c1. The retaining end portion 236c2 and the retaining end portion 238c2 are arranged in the longitudinal direction of the first working piece 230 and the second working piece 232 (the first working piece 230 is in the direction opposite to the O1 direction, 232 extends from the lower ends of the base 236c1 and the base 238c1 in the direction opposite to the O2 direction (shown in FIG. 39).

一方の固定先端部242aと他方の固定先端部242bとは、図38(A)に示すように元々平行状態にあったが、固定先端部242a及び固定先端部242bは、第1の作動片230および第2の作動片232のそれぞれの長手方向、すなわち第1の作動片230の第1の半割杆212aを固定する部位と第3の半割杆214aを固定する部位とを結ぶ線(X1(第39図図示))および第2の作動片232の第2の半割杆212bを固定する部位と第4の半割杆214bを固定する部位とを結ぶ線(X2(第39図図示))と略々直交する方向に架け渡されている。
さらに、開閉部材240が開き始めたときは、元々ほぼ平行に接近していた固定先端部242a(特に係止脚部247a)と固定先端部242b(特に係止脚部247b)とは、図43において示すようにわずかに引き離されて、固定先端部242aが第2の作動片232に係止され且つ固定先端部242bが第1の作動片230に係止されてねじられた状態になる。
One fixed tip 242a and the other fixed tip 242b were originally in a parallel state as shown in FIG. 38A, but the fixed tip 242a and the fixed tip 242b are the first operating piece 230. And a line (X1) connecting the longitudinal direction of each of the second operating pieces 232, that is, the portion fixing the first half-split 212a of the first operating piece 230 and the portion fixing the third half-split 214a. (Shown in FIG. 39)) and a line (X2 (shown in FIG. 39) connecting the portion for fixing the second half-split 212b and the portion for fixing the fourth half-split 214b of the second working piece 232 ).
Further, when the opening / closing member 240 starts to open, the fixed tip portion 242a (particularly the locking leg portion 247a) and the fixed tip portion 242b (particularly the locking leg portion 247b) that were originally approaching substantially parallel to each other are shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 2, the fixed tip 242a is locked to the second operating piece 232 and the fixed tip 242b is locked to the first operating piece 230 and twisted.

固定先端部242aは、第2の作動片232の空隙部238aの側から開閉部材固定部238bの下面を通り第1の作動片230の下面より支持部236cに至るように架け渡されている。
固定先端部242bは、第1の作動片230の空隙部236aの側から開閉部材固定部236bの下面を通り第2の作動片232の下面より支持部238cに至るように架け渡されている。
したがって、固定先端部242aは、第1の作動片230に装填し易く第1の作動片230を下面側に向けて強い力で回転して開くように機能し、固定先端部242bは、第2の作動片232に装填し易く第2の作動片232を下面側に向けて強い力で回転して開くように機能する。
The fixed distal end portion 242a is spanned from the gap portion 238a side of the second operating piece 232 through the lower surface of the opening / closing member fixing portion 238b so as to reach the support portion 236c from the lower surface of the first operating piece 230.
The fixed distal end portion 242b is bridged from the gap portion 236a side of the first operating piece 230 through the lower surface of the opening / closing member fixing portion 236b to reach the support portion 238c from the lower surface of the second operating piece 232.
Accordingly, the fixed tip 242a functions so as to be easily loaded into the first working piece 230 and to rotate and open the first working piece 230 toward the lower surface side with a strong force, and the fixed tip 242b The second operating piece 232 functions so as to be rotated and opened with a strong force toward the lower surface side.

そして、開閉部材240の弾性により、作動部材218を構成する第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232は、第1の綴杆212と第2の綴杆214を手で開き始めたとき、すなわち、第1の綴杆212と第2の綴杆214のそれぞれの綴杆係止部250を外したとき、第1の綴杆212の第1の半割杆212aと第2の半割杆212bとが離れる方向(第1の半割杆212aはO1方向で、第2の半割杆212bはO2方向(第39図図示))および第2の綴杆214の第3の半割杆214aと第4の半割杆214bとが離れる方向(第3の半割杆214aはO1方向で、第4の半割杆214bはO2方向(第39図図示))に移動するとともに、ねじられていた開閉部材240が元の状態に戻ろうとして、第1の半割杆212aと第2の半割杆212bとをおよび第3の半割杆214aと第4の半割杆214bとを巻線部244の円周方向(第1の半割杆212aおよび第3の半割杆214aはO3方向、第2の半割杆212bおよび第4の半割杆214bはO4方向)に引き離すように作用する。
すなわち、開閉部材240の弾性により、第1の作動片230は、綴杆係止部250を外す方向(O1方向)に移動し、第2の作動片232は、綴杆係止部250を外す方向(O2方向)に移動する。
Then, due to the elasticity of the opening / closing member 240, the first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232 constituting the operating member 218 start to open the first binding pin 212 and the second binding pin 214 by hand. That is, when the first staple 212 and the second staple 214 are removed, the first half 212a and the second half of the first staple 212 are removed. The direction in which the collar 212b is separated (the first half-crawl 212a is in the O1 direction, the second half-crawl 212b is in the O2 direction (shown in FIG. 39)), and the third half-cradle of the second binding collar 214 214a and the fourth half split 214b move away from each other (the third half split 214a is in the O1 direction and the fourth half split 214b is in the O2 direction (shown in FIG. 39) and twisted. The first open / close member 240a and the second half member 212a and the second half member The cracker 212b and the third half crack 214a and the fourth half crack 214b are arranged in the circumferential direction of the winding portion 244 (the first half crack 212a and the third half crack 214a are in the O3 direction. The second half split 212b and the fourth half split 214b act to be separated in the O4 direction.
That is, due to the elasticity of the opening and closing member 240, the first operating piece 230 moves in a direction (O1 direction) to remove the binding staple locking portion 250, and the second operating piece 232 releases the binding staple locking portion 250. Move in the direction (O2 direction).

そして、開閉部材240の弾性により、作動部材218を構成する第1の作動片230は、綴杆係止部250を閉じる位置の方向(O1とは反対の方向)に移動し、且つ、第2の作動片232は、綴杆係止部250を閉じる位置の方向(O2とは反対の方向)に移動する。
すなわち、第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232は、谷折り状態から徐々に平面状態(中立状態)となり、更に平面状態(中立状態)から山折り状態に変わる。第1の綴杆212及び第2の綴杆214は、開く方向(第1の半割杆212a及び第3の半割杆214aはO3方向、第2の半割杆212b及び第4の半割杆214bはO4方向)に回転して開く。
開閉部材240は、第1の綴杆212と第2の綴杆214とを開いた状態にしたとき、第1の作動片230の突き合わせ縁230aと第2の作動片232の突き合わせ縁232aとが山折り状態、すなわち、保持部材216の被綴じ物載置部222の内側面に近づいた状態に保持するように作用する。
Then, due to the elasticity of the opening / closing member 240, the first operating piece 230 constituting the operating member 218 moves in the direction of the position where the binding lock portion 250 is closed (the direction opposite to O1), and the second The actuating piece 232 moves in the direction of the position where the binding lock 250 is closed (the direction opposite to O2).
That is, the first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232 gradually change from the valley folded state to the planar state (neutral state), and further change from the planar state (neutral state) to the mountain folded state. The first binding rod 212 and the second binding rod 214 open in the direction (the first half-split 212a and the third half-split 214a are in the O3 direction, the second half-split 212b and the fourth half-split杆 214b is rotated and opened in the O4 direction.
When the first binding rod 212 and the second binding rod 214 are opened, the opening / closing member 240 has a butt edge 230a of the first working piece 230 and a butt edge 232a of the second working piece 232. It acts to hold in a mountain folded state, that is, a state in which the holding member 216 is close to the inner surface of the binding object mounting portion 222.

保持部材216の被綴じ物載置部222には、被綴じ物載置部222の長手方向に延びる膨出部222aが形成され、膨出部222aは、係合部230d及び232eが上側に向いて回転し且つ係合部230e及び232dが上側に向いて回転するとともに、開閉部材240が上側に向いて移動したときに、被綴じ物載置部222の内面と当接しないようにするために、被綴じ物載置部222の長手方向に延びて形成されている。   A bulging portion 222a extending in the longitudinal direction of the binding object mounting portion 222 is formed in the binding material mounting portion 222 of the holding member 216. The bulging portion 222a has the engaging portions 230d and 232e facing upward. And the engaging portions 230e and 232d rotate upward, and when the opening / closing member 240 moves upward, the engaging portions 230e and 232d do not come into contact with the inner surface of the binding object mounting portion 222. In addition, it is formed to extend in the longitudinal direction of the binding object mounting portion 222.

前記保持部材216は、前記したように、作動部材218に間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴杆212と第2の綴杆214との基部を結ぶ方向(図39図示X1及びX2方向)に近い方向にのびる、第1の保持壁224aと第2の保持壁224bとからなる保持壁224を有し、前記保持壁224は、作動部材218に間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴杆212と第2の綴杆214の基部を結ぶ方向(図39図示X1及びX2方向)と交差する方向にのびて、保持壁224の外側に向いて突出する第1の作動片230の突出部230c1と突出部230c2及び第2の作動片232の突出部232c1と突出部232c2を保持する保持部、すなわち第1の保持壁224aに形成された第1の保持部260及び第1の保持部262と、第2の保持壁224bに形成された第2の保持部264及び第2の保持部266とを有している。
該第1の保持部260及び第1の保持部262は、前記保持壁224の一部を作動部材218の突出部230c1と突出部230c2より外側に打ち出された第1の保持部260及び第1の保持部262が、保持部材216の内側に嵌装された作動部材218の突出部230c1と突出部230c2を保持するように、保持壁224(第1の保持壁224a)の内側に向けて凹まされてなる。
また、第2の保持部264及び第2の保持部266は、前記保持壁224の一部を作動部材218の突出部232c1と突出部232c2より外側に打ち出された第2の保持部264及び第2の保持部266が、保持部材216の内側に嵌装された作動部材218の突出部232c1と突出部232c2を保持するように、保持壁224(第2の保持壁224b)の内側に向けて凹まされてなる。
As described above, the holding member 216 connects the bases of the first binding rod 212 and the second binding rod 214 that are provided at intervals to the operating member 218 (X1 and X2 directions in FIG. 39). A holding wall 224 made up of a first holding wall 224a and a second holding wall 224b extending in a direction close to the first holding wall 224, and the holding wall 224 is a first binding provided at intervals on the operating member 218. A protruding portion of the first operating piece 230 that protrudes toward the outside of the holding wall 224, extending in a direction intersecting with the direction connecting the bases of the flange 212 and the second binding rod 214 (X1 and X2 directions in FIG. 39). 230c1, the protruding portion 230c2, and the holding portion for holding the protruding portion 232c1 and the protruding portion 232c2 of the second operating piece 232, that is, the first holding portion 260 and the first holding portion 262 formed on the first holding wall 224a. And the second holding wall 22 And a second holding portion 264 and the second holding portion 266 formed in b.
The first holding part 260 and the first holding part 262 are formed by pushing out a part of the holding wall 224 to the outside of the projecting part 230c1 and the projecting part 230c2 of the operating member 218. The holding portion 262 is recessed toward the inside of the holding wall 224 (first holding wall 224a) so as to hold the protruding portion 230c1 and the protruding portion 230c2 of the operating member 218 fitted inside the holding member 216. Being done.
Further, the second holding portion 264 and the second holding portion 266 include a second holding portion 264 and a second holding portion 264 that are driven out of the protruding portion 232c1 and the protruding portion 232c2 of the operating member 218. The second holding portion 266 faces the inner side of the holding wall 224 (second holding wall 224b) so as to hold the protruding portion 232c1 and the protruding portion 232c2 of the operating member 218 fitted inside the holding member 216. Being recessed.

前記第1の保持部260及び第1の保持部262と第2の保持部264及び第2の保持部266は、前記作動部材218の第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232の下面に沿って、前記保持壁224の下縁との間に間隔をおいて細い切り込み268aと切り込み270a及び切り込み272aと切り込み274aが形成され、該切り込み268aと切り込み270a及び切り込み272aと切り込み274aと保持壁224の下縁との間における保持壁224の外方に向けて打ち出された領域により、第1の保持部260及び第1の保持部262と第2の保持部264及び第2の保持部266が形成されている(図54(A)(B)参照)。
そして、第1の保持部260及び第1の保持部262と第2の保持部264及び第2の保持部266を構成する該領域が、保持部材216の内側に嵌装された作動部材218の突出部230c1と突出部230c2及び突出部232c1と突出部232c2の下面を保持するように内側に向けて打ち出され、保持壁224の該切り込み268aと切り込み270a及び切り込み272aと切り込み274aと保持壁224の下縁との間の領域以外の領域より内側に向けて凹まされて、第1の保持部260及び第1の保持部262と第2の保持部264及び第2の保持部266が形成されている(図55(A)(B)参照)。
The first holding part 260, the first holding part 262, the second holding part 264, and the second holding part 266 are the lower surfaces of the first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232 of the operating member 218. A thin notch 268a, a notch 270a, a notch 272a, and a notch 274a are formed at a distance from the lower edge of the holding wall 224, and the notch 268a, the notch 270a, the notch 272a, the notch 274a, and the holding wall are formed. The first holding portion 260, the first holding portion 262, the second holding portion 264, and the second holding portion 266 are formed by the region punched outward from the holding wall 224 between the lower edge of the holding portion 224. (See FIGS. 54A and 54B).
And the area | region which comprises the 1st holding | maintenance part 260, the 1st holding | maintenance part 262, the 2nd holding | maintenance part 264, and the 2nd holding | maintenance part 266 is the inside of the holding member 216 of the action | operation member 218 fitted. The projecting portion 230c1, the projecting portion 230c2, and the projecting portion 232c1 and the projecting portion 232c2 are punched inward so as to hold the lower surfaces thereof, and the notch 268a, the notch 270a, the notch 272a, the notch 274a, and the retaining wall 224 The first holding portion 260, the first holding portion 262, the second holding portion 264, and the second holding portion 266 are formed to be recessed inward from the region other than the region between the lower edge. (See FIGS. 55A and 55B).

第1の綴杆212は、略円環状の綴杆となるように、半円弧状の第1の半割杆212aと第2の半割杆212bとから構成され、第2の綴杆214は、略円環状の綴杆となるように、半円弧状の第3の半割杆214aと第4の半割杆214bとから構成されている。そして、用紙等の被綴じ物Sに予め穿設された綴じ孔に挿通して、用紙等の被綴じ物Sを綴じることができるように、第1の半割杆212aおよび第2の半割杆212bと、第3の半割杆214aと第4の半割杆214bの先端、すなわち第1の綴杆212および第2の綴杆214の頂部において、綴杆係止部250が形成されている。   The first binding rod 212 includes a semicircular arc-shaped first half split collar 212a and a second half split collar 212b so as to be a substantially annular binding staple. The semicircular arc-shaped third half split bar 214a and the fourth half split bar 214b are formed so as to form a substantially annular binding bar. Then, the first half-split 212a and the second half-split are provided so that the binding object S such as a sheet can be bound by being inserted into a binding hole previously formed in the binding object S such as a sheet. At the tips of the collar 212b, the third half collar 214a, and the fourth half collar 214b, that is, at the tops of the first staple 212 and the second staple 214, a staple anchoring portion 250 is formed. Yes.

前記綴杆を構成する第1の綴杆212及び第2の綴杆214は、断面円形状金属製線材を、綴杆係止部250を外す方向(図39のO1及びO2の方向)にのばし、且つ中央部分を押さえることによって綴杆を閉じる方向に対してわん曲させて形成されている。そして、第1の綴杆212及び第2の綴杆214は、中央が綴杆を開く方向(第1の半割杆212a及び第3の半割杆214aは、図39のO3方向、第2の半割杆212b及び第4の半割杆214bは、図39のO4方向)に膨み且つ両端が綴杆を閉じる方向にわん曲した断面略空豆(ビーンズ)型の形状に形成されている。
すなわち、環状の第1の綴杆212及び第2の綴杆14を開閉方向に見て、第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆214の内側は波状起伏面が形成され、第1の綴杆212及び第2の綴杆214の外側は半円弧状に形成されている。そして、第1の綴杆12及び第2の綴杆14は、綴杆を外す方向に見て、両外側が、半円弧状に形成されている。
従来の断面形状丸型の綴杆は、小径だと変形に弱く、大径にすれば断面積が増して材料費がかさみ、従来の断面形状略長方形の綴杆は、用紙にあける綴じ穴には丸穴が多いので、用紙等の被綴じ物Sの綴じ穴に対応しにくく、用紙等の被綴じ物Sの綴じ穴を傷つけるおそれがある。
ところが、綴杆を構成する第1の綴杆212及び第2の綴杆214は、細いならば綴杆係止部250の嵌合がうまくゆかないときがある。
そのために、第1の綴杆212及び第2の綴杆214の幅を広げたいが、元の線材として断面積の小さいものを使用しても、元の金属製線材を加工することにより綴杆としては必要な幅が確保されるようにしたい。
そこで、本願発明にかかる綴杆は、それを形成する線材の中央部分を押さえて線材を空豆(ビーンズ)型につぶすことにより全体としての幅を広げ、すなわち、綴杆の全体の幅を綴杆係止部250を外す方向に広げて、綴杆係止部250の嵌合を完全にできるように形成している。
The first binding rod 212 and the second binding rod 214 constituting the binding rod extend the circular cross-section metal wire in the direction in which the binding pinching portion 250 is removed (directions O1 and O2 in FIG. 39). In addition, it is formed by bending the binding in the closing direction by pressing the center portion. The first binding pin 212 and the second binding rod 214 are arranged in the direction in which the center opens the binding rod (the first half split plate 212a and the third half split plate 214a are the O3 direction in FIG. The half-split 212b and the fourth half-split 214b are formed in the shape of a substantially bean-shaped section that swells in the direction of O4 in FIG. .
That is, when the annular first binding rod 212 and the second binding rod 14 are viewed in the opening and closing direction, a wavy undulating surface is formed inside the first binding rod 12 and the second binding rod 214, and the first The outer sides of the binding rod 212 and the second binding rod 214 are formed in a semicircular arc shape. And the 1st binding rod 12 and the 2nd binding rod 14 are formed in the semicircular arc shape on both outer sides seeing in the direction which removes a binding staple.
Conventional cross-section round staples are less susceptible to deformation if they have a small diameter, and if the diameter is large, the cross-sectional area increases and material costs increase. Since there are many round holes, it is difficult to correspond to the binding hole of the binding object S such as paper, and the binding hole of the binding object S such as paper may be damaged.
However, if the first binding pin 212 and the second binding rod 214 constituting the binding rod are thin, the binding of the binding rod locking portion 250 may not be successful.
Therefore, although it is desired to widen the width of the first binding rod 212 and the second binding rod 214, even if the original wire rod having a small cross-sectional area is used, the binding rod is processed by processing the original metal wire rod. I want to ensure the necessary width.
Therefore, the binding rod according to the present invention increases the overall width by pressing the central portion of the wire forming the wire rod and crushing the wire rod into a bean shape, that is, the entire width of the binding rod is reduced. The locking portion 250 is widened in the direction of removing, so that the binding of the binding lock portion 250 can be completed completely.

この実施の形態においては、第1の綴杆212を構成する第1の半割杆212a及び第2の半割杆212bと第2の綴杆214を構成する第3の半割杆214a及び第4の半割杆214bとは、同じ形状、すなわち曲率(曲率半径)が同じものである。
第1の綴杆212を構成する第1の半割杆212a及び第2の半割杆212bは、第1の半割杆212aの自由端の綴杆係止部250と、第2の半割杆212bの自由端の綴杆係止部250とを係止することにより、環状に連結される。
また、第2の綴杆214を構成する第3の半割杆214aと第4の半割杆214bとは、第3の半割杆214aの自由端の綴杆係止部250と、第4の半割杆214bの自由端の綴杆係止部250とを係止することにより、環状に連結される。
In this embodiment, the first half-cotton 212a and the second half-cotton 212b constituting the first binding rod 212 and the third half-cotton 214a and the second half-cotton 214 constituting the second binding rod 214 are used. The 4 half-cut bowl 214b has the same shape, that is, the same curvature (curvature radius).
The first half-split 212a and the second half-split 212b that constitute the first staple 212 are composed of the first half-split 212a and a second half-split. By engaging the binding end locking portion 250 at the free end of the collar 212b, it is connected in an annular shape.
In addition, the third half-cotton 214a and the fourth half-cotton 214b constituting the second binding rod 214 are a staple binding portion 250 at the free end of the third half-cotton 214a, and a fourth By locking the binding end 250 of the free end of the half split bar 214b, it is connected in an annular shape.

第1の綴杆212及び第2の綴杆214は、それぞれの基部が第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232に固着された部分(4箇所)を通る左右軸Y1,Y2および前後軸X1,X2(第39図図示)を含む平面Pxyと垂直な平面を構成するように、第1の作動片230と第2の作動片232より立設されている。そして、第1の綴杆212の軸Z1(第39図図示)が構成する円形面と第2の綴杆214の軸Z2(第39図図示)が構成する円形面とは、平行で、且つ、第1の綴杆212と第2の綴杆214が第1の作動片230と第2の作動片232と固着された部位を通る平面Pxyと垂直となるように構成されている。   The first binding rod 212 and the second binding rod 214 have left and right axes Y1, Y2 and front and rear passing through portions (four locations) where the respective base portions are fixed to the first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232 The first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232 are erected so as to form a plane perpendicular to the plane Pxy including the axes X1, X2 (shown in FIG. 39). The circular surface formed by the axis Z1 (shown in FIG. 39) of the first binding rod 212 and the circular surface formed by the axis Z2 (shown in FIG. 39) of the second binding rod 214 are parallel to each other, and The first binding rod 212 and the second binding rod 214 are configured to be perpendicular to a plane Pxy passing through a portion where the first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232 are fixed.

前記綴杆は、第48図〜第53図に示すように、直接指で閉じられる主綴杆たる第1の綴杆212と、該第1の綴杆212の閉じる方向に向けての作動に追動する副綴杆たる第2の綴杆214とにより構成されている。
そして、第1の綴杆212と第2の綴杆214とは、同一方向(図43のO1及びO2方向)に向けて、その綴杆係止部250を指で外すことができるように構成されている。
第1の綴杆212を構成する第1の半割杆212aの先端に形成された綴杆係止部250を構成する先端の凸部252a及びその凸部252aに続く凹部52bと、第2の半割杆12bの綴杆係止部50を構成する先端の凸部54a及びその先端の凸部54aに続く凹部254bとは、第1の綴杆212を閉じたとき係合するように逆方向に向けて突き出しあるいは凹み形成されている。
凸部252a及び凸部254aは、それぞれ先端から内側に向けて湾曲凸面を有する傾斜対向面252c及び湾曲凸面を有する傾斜対向面254cと、傾斜対向面252c及び傾斜対向面254cに続き、凸部252a及び凸部254aの後端(基部側)から除々に先端側(すなわち閉じる方向)に入り込んだ傾斜対向面252d及び傾斜対向面254dが形成され、後端近傍が鉤状で、全体として鉤鼻状に形成されている。
凹部252bは、基部側から先端に向けて湾曲凹面を有する傾斜対向面を備え、凹部254bは、同様に基部側から先端に向けて湾曲凹面を有する傾斜対向面を備えている。
また、第2の綴杆214を構成する第3の半割杆214aの先端に形成された綴杆係止部250を構成する凸部256a及びその凸部256aに続く凹部256bと、第4の半割杆214bの綴杆係止部250を構成する先端の凸部258a及びその先端の凸部258aに続く凹部258bとは、第2の綴杆214を閉じたとき係合するように逆方向に向けて突き出しあるいは凹み形成されている。
凸部256a及び凸部258aは、それぞれ先端から内側に向けて湾曲凸面を有する傾斜対向面256c及び湾曲凸面を有する傾斜対向面258cと、傾斜対向面256c及び傾斜対向面258cに続き、凸部256a及び凸部258aの後端(基部側)から除々に先端側(すなわち閉じる方向)に入り込んだ傾斜対向面256d及び傾斜対向面258dが形成され、後端近傍が鉤状で、全体として鉤鼻状に形成されている。
凹部256bは、基部側から先端に向けて湾曲凹面を有する傾斜対向面を備え、凹部258bは、同様に湾曲凹面を有する傾斜対向面を備えている。
As shown in FIGS. 48 to 53, the binding rod is operated in a direction toward the first binding rod 212 which is a main binding rod which is directly closed by a finger, and the first binding rod 212 is closed. It is comprised by the 2nd binding rod 214 which is a secondary binding rod to follow.
The first binding pin 212 and the second binding pin 214 are configured so that the binding pin engaging portion 250 can be removed with a finger in the same direction (O1 and O2 directions in FIG. 43). Has been.
A convex portion 252a at the distal end constituting the binding rod locking portion 250 formed at the distal end of the first half split rib 212a constituting the first binding rod 212, a concave portion 52b following the convex portion 252a, and a second The protruding portion 54a at the tip constituting the binding lock portion 50 of the half-cotton hook 12b and the concave portion 254b following the protruding portion 54a at the tip are in the reverse direction so as to be engaged when the first binding rod 212 is closed. It protrudes toward or toward the bottom.
The convex portion 252a and the convex portion 254a are respectively connected to the inclined facing surface 252c having the curved convex surface and the inclined facing surface 254c having the curved convex surface from the tip to the inside, and the convex portion 252a following the inclined facing surface 252c and the inclined facing surface 254c. In addition, an inclined facing surface 252d and an inclined facing surface 254d that gradually enter the front end side (that is, the closing direction) from the rear end (base side) of the convex portion 254a are formed, and the vicinity of the rear end is bowl-like, and the whole is in a nose-like shape Is formed.
The concave portion 252b includes an inclined facing surface having a curved concave surface from the base side toward the tip, and the concave portion 254b similarly includes an inclined facing surface having a curved concave surface from the base side toward the tip.
In addition, a convex portion 256a that forms the binding rod locking portion 250 formed at the tip of the third half-cut rod 214a that forms the second binding rod 214, a concave portion 256b that follows the convex portion 256a, and a fourth The convex portion 258a at the front end constituting the binding hook locking portion 250 of the half split rod 214b and the concave portion 258b following the convex portion 258a at the front end are opposite to each other so as to be engaged when the second binding rod 214 is closed. It protrudes toward or toward the bottom.
The convex portion 256a and the convex portion 258a are connected to the inclined facing surface 256c having the curved convex surface and the inclined facing surface 258c having the curved convex surface from the tip to the inside, respectively, and the convex portion 256a following the inclined facing surface 256c and the inclined facing surface 258c. In addition, an inclined facing surface 256d and an inclined facing surface 258d that gradually enter the front end side (that is, the closing direction) from the rear end (base side) of the convex portion 258a are formed, and the vicinity of the rear end is bowl-like, and the whole is in a nose-like shape. Is formed.
The concave portion 256b includes an inclined facing surface having a curved concave surface from the base side toward the tip, and the concave portion 258b similarly includes an inclined facing surface having a curved concave surface.

第1の半割杆212aの綴杆係止部250を構成する凸部252a及び第3の半割杆214aの綴杆係止部250を構成する凸部256aは、同一方向に向けて突き出し設けられ、先端部から基部側にかけて形成された湾曲凸面を備え、両方が同一形状に形成されている。
また、第1の半割杆212aの綴杆係止部250を構成する凹部252b及び第3の半割杆214aの綴杆係止部250を構成する凹部256bは、同一方向に向けて凹み形成され、凸部254a及び凸部256aの後端から基部側にかけて形成された湾曲凹面を備え、両方が同一形状に形成されている。
第2の半割杆212bの綴杆係止部250を構成する凸部254a及び第4の半割杆214bの綴杆係止部250を構成する凸部258aは、同一方向に向けて突き出し設けられ、先端部から基部側にかけて形成された湾曲凸面を備え、両方が同一形状に形成されている。
また、第2の半割杆212bの綴杆係止部250を構成する凹部254b及び第4の半割杆214bの綴杆係止部250を構成する凹部258bは、同一方向に向けて凹み形成され、凸部254a及び凸部258aの後端から基部側にかけて形成された湾曲凹面を備え、両方が同一形状に形成されている。
第1の半割杆212aの凸部252a及び凹部252bと第2の半割杆212bの凸部254a及び凹部254bとは点対称に形成され、第3の半割杆14aの凸部256a及び凹部256bと第4の半割杆214bの凸部258a及び凹部258bとは点対称に形成されている。
The convex portion 252a constituting the binding hook locking portion 250 of the first half split collar 212a and the convex portion 256a constituting the binding hook locking portion 250 of the third half split collar 214a are provided protruding in the same direction. A curved convex surface formed from the tip to the base, and both are formed in the same shape.
In addition, the concave portion 252b constituting the binding hook locking portion 250 of the first half split collar 212a and the concave portion 256b constituting the binding hook locking portion 250 of the third half split collar 214a are recessed in the same direction. The curved concave surface is formed from the rear end of the convex portion 254a and the convex portion 256a to the base side, and both are formed in the same shape.
The convex portion 254a constituting the binding hook locking portion 250 of the second half split collar 212b and the convex portion 258a constituting the binding hook locking portion 250 of the fourth half split collar 214b are provided protruding in the same direction. A curved convex surface formed from the tip to the base, and both are formed in the same shape.
Further, the concave portion 254b constituting the binding hook locking portion 250 of the second half split collar 212b and the concave portion 258b constituting the binding hook locking portion 250 of the fourth half split collar 214b are formed to be recessed in the same direction. The curved concave surface formed from the rear end to the base side of the convex portion 254a and the convex portion 258a is provided, and both are formed in the same shape.
The convex portions 252a and concave portions 252b of the first half-cotton 212a and the convex portions 254a and concave portions 254b of the second half-cotton 212b are formed point-symmetrically, and the convex portions 256a and concave portions of the third half-cotton 14a are formed. The convex portion 258a and the concave portion 258b of the 256b and the fourth half split plate 214b are formed point-symmetrically.

第1の綴杆212の凸部252aの傾斜対向面252c及び凹部254bの傾斜対向面は、第1の綴杆212の軸方向とは斜交するように形成され、開閉するときには、傾斜対向面252cと凹部254bの傾斜対向面とが一点を共有し合う内接関係で接する。
第1の綴杆212の凸部252aの傾斜対向面252c及び凸部254aの傾斜対向面254cは、第1の綴杆212の軸方向とは斜交するように形成され、開閉するときには、傾斜対向面252cと傾斜対向面254cとが一点を共有し合う外接関係で接する。
第2の綴杆214の凸部256aの傾斜対向面256c及び凹部258bの傾斜対向面は、第2の綴杆214の軸方向とは斜交するように形成され、開閉するときには、傾斜対向面256cと凹部258bの傾斜対向面とが一点を共有し合う内接関係で接する。
第2の綴杆214の凸部256aの傾斜対向面256c及び凸部258aの傾斜対向面258cは、第2の綴杆214の軸方向とは斜交するように形成され、開閉するときには傾斜対向面256cと傾斜対向面258cとが一点を共有し合う外接関係で接する。
The inclined facing surface 252c of the convex portion 252a and the inclined facing surface of the concave portion 254b of the first binding rod 212 are formed so as to be obliquely crossed with the axial direction of the first binding rod 212. 252c and the inclined opposing surface of the concave portion 254b are in contact with each other by an inscribed relationship sharing one point.
The inclined facing surface 252c of the convex portion 252a of the first binding rod 212 and the inclined opposing surface 254c of the convex portion 254a are formed to be oblique to the axial direction of the first binding rod 212, and are inclined when opened and closed. The opposing surface 252c and the inclined opposing surface 254c are in contact with each other in a circumscribed relationship sharing one point.
The inclined facing surface 256c of the convex portion 256a and the inclined facing surface of the recessed portion 258b of the second binding rod 214 are formed so as to be obliquely crossed with the axial direction of the second binding rod 214, and are inclined facing surfaces when opening and closing. 256c and the inclined opposing surface of the recess 258b are in contact with each other by an inscribed relationship that shares one point.
The inclined facing surface 256c of the convex portion 256a of the second binding rod 214 and the inclined opposing surface 258c of the convex portion 258a are formed so as to be oblique to the axial direction of the second binding rod 214, and are inclined opposite to each other when opening and closing. The surface 256c and the inclined facing surface 258c are in contact with each other in a circumscribed relationship sharing one point.

主綴杆たる第1の綴杆212を2本の指で挟んで綴杆を閉じ始めるとき、第2の綴杆214の第3の半割杆214aの凸部256aと第2の綴杆214の第4の半割杆214bの凹部258bとが当接する前に(図51参照)、第1の綴杆212の第1の半割杆212aの凸部252aと第1の綴杆212の第2の半割杆212bの凸部254aとが当接し、更に第1の綴杆212を閉じるように作動させると、第1の綴杆212の第1の半割杆212aの凹部252bが第2の半割杆212bの凸部254a上を摺動するとともに、第1の綴杆212の第1の半割杆212aの凸部252aが第2の半割杆212bの凹部254bに嵌合される正規の係止位置を通り過ぎて、第1の半割杆212aの凸部252aが第2の半割杆212bの凹部254bの傾斜対向面上を摺動してずり上がる(図52参照)。
このように、第1の綴杆212を閉じる方向に作動させると、第2の綴杆214の第3の半割杆214aの凸部256aと第2の綴杆214の第4の半割杆214bの凸部258aとが当接し、更に、第1の綴杆212を閉じるように作動させると、第2の綴杆214の第3の半割杆214aの凸部256aが第4の半割杆214bの凸部258aの傾斜対向面258c上を摺動し(図51参照)、更に第1の綴杆212の第1の半割杆212aの凸部252aが第2の半割杆212bの凹部254bの傾斜対向面をずり上がると、第2の綴杆214の第3の半割杆214aの凸部256a(第4の半割杆214bの凸部258a)が第4の半割杆214bの凹部258b(第3の半割杆214aの凹部256b)に嵌まり込み嵌合する(図52参照)。
その後、第1の綴杆212から指を離し閉じる力を解放すると、開閉部材240の作用により第1の綴杆212はわずかに開く方向に逆戻りして、第1の綴杆212は、第2の綴杆214と同様に、第1の半割杆212aの凸部252a(第2の半割杆212bの凸部254a)が第2の半割杆212bの凹部254b(第1の半割杆212aの凹部252b)に嵌まり込み嵌合する(図53参照)。
When the first binding pin 212 that is the main binding rod is sandwiched between two fingers and the binding rod starts to close, the convex portion 256a of the third half-split 214a of the second binding rod 214 and the second binding rod 214 Before the concave portion 258b of the fourth half-split bar 214b comes into contact (see FIG. 51), the convex portion 252a of the first half-split bar 212a of the first binding pin 212 and the first splicing pin 212 When the convex portion 254a of the second half-cotton 212b is brought into contact with and further operated to close the first binding rod 212, the concave portion 252b of the first half-cotton 212a of the first binding rod 212 becomes the second. And the convex portion 252a of the first half collar 212a of the first binding rod 212 is fitted into the concave portion 254b of the second half collar 212b. After passing through the normal locking position, the convex portion 252a of the first half-cotton 212a Ride up the inclined opposing face on parts 254b to slide (see Fig. 52).
In this way, when the first binding rod 212 is operated in the closing direction, the convex portion 256a of the third half-split 214a of the second binding rod 214 and the fourth half-split of the second binding rod 214 are provided. When the convex portion 258a of 214b is brought into contact with and further operated to close the first binding rod 212, the convex portion 256a of the third half split collar 214a of the second binding rod 214 becomes the fourth half split. It slides on the inclined opposing surface 258c of the convex part 258a of the collar 214b (see FIG. 51), and the convex part 252a of the first half collar 212a of the first binding collar 212 further has the second half collar 212b. When the inclined facing surface of the concave portion 254b is lifted, the convex portion 256a of the third half-split 214a of the second binding rod 214 (the convex portion 258a of the fourth half-split 214b) becomes the fourth half-split 214b. Is fitted into the recess 258b (the recess 256b of the third half-cut flange 214a) (see FIG. See 2).
Thereafter, when the finger is released from the first binding rod 212 and the closing force is released, the opening and closing member 240 causes the first binding rod 212 to reverse slightly in the opening direction, and the first binding rod 212 In the same manner as the binding rod 214, the convex portion 252a (the convex portion 254a of the second half-split plate 212b) of the first half-split plate 212a is the concave portion 254b (the first half-split plate 212b) of the second half-split plate 212b. It fits into the recess 252b) of 212a (see FIG. 53).

綴杆を閉じるとき、第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232は、山折り状態(図47参照)から徐々に平面状態(中立状態)となり、更に平面状態(中立状態)から谷折り状態(図42参照)に変わるとともに、同列に並んだ状態から、一旦綴杆係止部250の外れる方向(第1の作動片230はO1方向、第2の作動片232はO2方向)に移動して、たがいちがいに並んだ状態となり(図52参照)、その後逆戻りして同列に並ぶ。
それによって、移動規制部を構成する第1の作動片230の規制凸起230gが第2の作動片232の規制凹部232f内を移動して、規制凹部232fにおける綴杆係止部250の外れる方向とは反対側の端縁に当接し、且つ移動規制部を構成する第2の作動片232の規制凸起232gが第1の作動片230の規制凹部230f内を移動して、規制凹部230fにおける綴杆係止部250の外れる方向とは反対側の端縁に当接する(図52参照)。そのために、綴杆を閉じるとき、第1の綴杆212の第1の半割杆212aの凸部252aが第2の半割杆212bの凹部254bに嵌合される正規の停止位置を通り過ぎて、第1の半割杆212aの凸部252aが第2の半割杆212bの凹部254bの傾斜対向面上を摺動してずり上がりオーバーランするとき、第1の綴杆212の移動距離を規制して適宜な位置でオーバーランが停止され、第1の綴杆212の綴杆係止部250から指を外せば開閉部材240の元の状態に戻ろうとする力が作用して、第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232は、一旦綴杆係止部250の外れる方向(第1の作動片230はO1方向、第2の作動片232はO2方向)に移動してたがいちがいに並んだ状態から、逆戻りして同列に並び、綴杆係止部250が嵌合する(図41及び42参照)。
When closing the binding, the first working piece 230 and the second working piece 232 gradually change from the mountain-folded state (see FIG. 47) to the flat state (neutral state), and further from the flat state (neutral state) to the valley fold. The state changes (see FIG. 42), and from the state of being arranged in the same row, once the binding latch 250 is moved away (the first operating piece 230 is in the O1 direction and the second operating piece 232 is in the O2 direction). As a result, they are arranged in a line (see FIG. 52), and then return to the same line.
Thereby, the restriction protrusion 230g of the first operating piece 230 constituting the movement restricting portion moves in the restricting recess 232f of the second actuating piece 232, and the binding staple locking portion 250 in the restricting recess 232f is released. The control protrusion 232g of the second working piece 232 that contacts the edge opposite to the side and that constitutes the movement restricting portion moves in the restricting recess 230f of the first actuating piece 230, and in the restricting recess 230f. It abuts on the edge opposite to the direction in which the binding lock 250 is removed (see FIG. 52). Therefore, when closing the binding rod, the convex portion 252a of the first half-split 212a of the first binding rod 212 passes through the normal stop position where the convex portion 254b of the second half-split 212b is fitted. When the convex portion 252a of the first half-cut collar 212a slides on the inclined opposing surface of the concave portion 254b of the second half-cut collar 212b and overruns, the movement distance of the first staple 212 is increased. The overrun is stopped at an appropriate position by restricting, and if the finger is removed from the binding hook locking portion 250 of the first binding rod 212, a force is applied to return the opening / closing member 240 to the original state. The operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232 once moved in the direction in which the binding lock portion 250 is released (the first operating piece 230 is in the O1 direction and the second operating piece 232 is in the O2 direction). From the state of being lined up in a row, it is reversed and lined up in the same row, and the binding lock portion 2 0 is fitted (see FIGS. 41 and 42).

このように、主綴杆たる第1の綴杆212を閉じ始めると、直接指で閉じられない副綴杆たる第2の綴杆214が閉じる方向に移動を始め、更に第1の綴杆212が閉じて正規の係止位置を通り過ぎるまで移動すると、第2の綴杆214の係合が進み第1の綴杆212より先に第2の綴杆214が完全に係止されるので、直接指で閉じられない副綴杆たる第2の綴杆214が確実に係止された後、主綴杆たる第1の綴杆212が確実に係止される。
したがって、第1の綴杆212を指で摘んで先に閉じる方向に移動させたときに、オーバーランするように第1の綴杆212を摘まめば、確実に第2の綴杆214を正規の位置に係止でき、第1の綴杆212の操作のみで、閉じることができる。
このように、第1の綴杆212を指で操作することにより第2の綴杆214を閉じることができるので、ワンタッチ綴具としての利便性が高い。
In this way, when the first binding 212 as the main binding starts to close, the second binding 214 as the secondary binding that cannot be closed directly with the finger starts to move in the closing direction, and further the first binding 212 is started. And the second binding rod 214 is engaged, and the second binding rod 214 is completely locked before the first binding rod 212. After the second binding rod 214, which is a secondary binding rod that cannot be closed by a finger, is securely locked, the first binding rod 212, which is the main binding rod, is securely locked.
Therefore, if the first binding pin 212 is picked so as to overrun when the first binding pin 212 is moved with the finger in the first closing direction, the second binding pin 214 can be surely secured. And can be closed only by operating the first binding 212.
Thus, since the 2nd binding pin 214 can be closed by operating the 1st binding pin 212 with a finger | toe, the convenience as a one-touch binding tool is high.

また、第1の綴杆212の頂部を指でねじることにより第1の綴杆212の綴杆係止部250を外したとき、第1の作動片230と第2の作動片232には、開閉部材240が元の状態に戻ろうとする力、すなわち一方の固定先端部242aと他方の固定先端部242bとが、図38(A)に示すように、巻線部244の円周方向に平行であった元の状態に戻ろうとするように力が働くことにより、第1の綴杆212は開く。
そして、第1の綴杆212及び第2の綴杆214は、その綴杆係止部250が外され(図43参照)、第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232は、谷折り状態から徐々に平面状態(中立状態)となり更に平面状態から山折り状態に変わるとともに、綴杆係止部250の外れる方向(第1の作動片230はO1方向、第2の作動片232はO2方向)に移動する。それによって、移動規制部を構成する第1の作動片230の規制凸起230gが第2の作動片232の規制凹部232f内を移動して、規制凹部232fにおける綴杆係止部250の外れる方向とは反対側の端縁に突き当たり、且つ移動規制部を構成する第2の作動片232の規制凸起232gが第1の作動片230の規制凹部230f内を移動して、規制凹部230fにおける綴杆係止部250の外れる方向とは反対側の端縁に突き当たる。
第1の綴杆212から手を離すと、第1の綴杆212及び第2の綴杆214は、開閉部材240の一方の固定先端部242aと他方の固定先端部242bとが、図38(A)に示すように、巻線部244の円周方向に平行であった元の状態に戻ろうとするように第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232に力を働かせることにより、更に開き(第1の半割杆212a及び第3の半割杆214aはO3方向、第2の半割杆212b及び第4の半割杆214bはO4方向)、且つ、開閉部材240の固定先端部242aと他方の固定先端部242bとを平面視平行とするように力が働くことにより、第1の作動片230と第2の作動片232とは、逆方向に移動する(図46参照)。
すなわち、作動部材218及び開閉部材240は、第2の綴杆214を構成する第3の半割杆214aの凸部256aと第4の半割杆214bの凸部258aとを開く方向に作用し、そして、第1の綴杆212の第1の半割杆212aの凸部252aと第2の半割杆212bの凸部254aとを引き離す方向に作用するとともに、第2の綴杆214を構成する第3の半割杆214aの凸部256aと第4の半割杆214bの凸部258aとを引き離すように作用する。
In addition, when the binding hook locking portion 250 of the first binding rod 212 is removed by twisting the top of the first binding rod 212 with a finger, the first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232 include The force with which the opening / closing member 240 returns to the original state, that is, one fixed tip 242a and the other fixed tip 242b are parallel to the circumferential direction of the winding 244, as shown in FIG. When the force works to return to the original state, the first binding pin 212 is opened.
Then, the first binding pin 212 and the second binding pin 214 are removed from the binding pinching portion 250 (see FIG. 43), and the first working piece 230 and the second working piece 232 are valley-folded. The state gradually changes to a flat state (neutral state) and further changes from the flat state to the mountain fold state, and the direction in which the binding hook locking portion 250 is disengaged (the first operating piece 230 is the O1 direction, and the second operating piece 232 is the O2 direction. Direction). Thereby, the restriction protrusion 230g of the first operating piece 230 constituting the movement restricting portion moves in the restricting recess 232f of the second actuating piece 232, and the binding staple locking portion 250 in the restricting recess 232f is released. The regulating protrusion 232g of the second operating piece 232 that makes contact with the edge opposite to the end and moves in the restricting recess 230f of the first actuating piece 230 moves in the restricting recess 230f. It strikes against the edge opposite to the direction in which the hook locking portion 250 comes off.
When the hand is released from the first binding rod 212, the first binding rod 212 and the second binding rod 214 have one fixed tip 242a and the other fixed tip 242b of the opening / closing member 240 as shown in FIG. As shown in A), by applying a force to the first working piece 230 and the second working piece 232 so as to return to the original state that was parallel to the circumferential direction of the winding portion 244, Opening (the first half split 212a and the third half split 214a are in the O3 direction, and the second half split 212b and the fourth half split 214b are in the O4 direction), and the fixing tip of the opening / closing member 240 The first working piece 230 and the second working piece 232 move in opposite directions by applying a force so that 242a and the other fixed tip 242b are parallel to each other in plan view (see FIG. 46).
That is, the actuating member 218 and the opening / closing member 240 act in a direction to open the convex portion 256a of the third half-split 214a and the convex portion 258a of the fourth half-split 214b constituting the second binding rod 214. Then, the first binding rod 212 acts in a direction to separate the convex portion 252a of the first half-cotton 212a and the convex portion 254a of the second half-cotton 212b, and constitutes the second binding rod 214. The convex portion 256a of the third half-cut rod 214a and the convex portion 258a of the fourth half-cut rod 214b act to separate.

このように、この実施の形態においては、第1の綴杆212又は第2の綴杆214の頂部を指でねじることにより、第1の綴杆212の第1の半割杆212aおよび第2の半割杆212bの綴杆係止部250と、第2の綴杆214の第3の半割杆214aおよび第4の半割杆214bの綴杆係止部250を外すことができる。   Thus, in this embodiment, by twisting the top of the first binding rod 212 or the second binding rod 214 with a finger, the first half-split 212a and the second half of the first binding rod 212 The binding hook locking portion 250 of the half split collar 212b and the binding hook locking portion 250 of the third half split collar 214a and the fourth half split collar 214b can be removed.

また、第1の綴杆212の第1の半割杆212aと第2の半割杆212bの綴杆係止部250および第2の綴杆214の第3の半割杆214aと第4の半割杆214bの綴杆係止部250の係合を解除したとき、作動部材218は、開閉部材240の一方の固定先端部242aと他方の固定先端部242bとが巻線部244の円周方向において近づこうとする力が働くことにより、第1の作動片230の突き合わせ縁230aと第2の作動片232の突き合わせ縁232aとが、山折り状態になる。   In addition, the first half split bar 212a and the second half split bar 212b of the first binding bar 212 and the third half split bar 214a and the fourth half split bar 214b of the second binding bar 214 are provided. When the binding member 250 of the half-split member 214b is disengaged, the actuating member 218 has one fixed leading end portion 242a and the other fixed leading end portion 242b of the opening / closing member 240 arranged around the circumference of the winding portion 244. When the force which approaches in the direction works, the butt edge 230a of the first working piece 230 and the butt edge 232a of the second working piece 232 are in a mountain fold state.

次に、作動部材218を保持部材216の保持空間内に装填する方法について、主として図54及び図56に基づいて説明する。
保持部材216は、第1の作動片230と第2の作動片232を装填する前には、第1の保持壁224aの第1の保持部260及び第1の保持部262と第2の保持壁224bの第2の保持部264及び第2の保持部266とが、第1の保持壁224a及び第2の保持壁224bの他の領域より外側に向けて膨出している(図54(B)参照)。
すなわち、第1の保持壁224aは、長さ方向において第1の貫通孔226より内側において第1の保持部260及び第1の保持部262を形成するための第1の保持壁224aの下縁との間に間隔をおいて細い切り込み268a及び切り込み270aが形成され、該切り込み268a及び切り込み270aと第1の保持壁224aの下縁との間における領域が第1の保持壁224aより外側に向けて打ち出されて、第1の保持部260及び第1の保持部262が形成される(図54(A)参照)。
また、第2の保持壁224bは、長さ方向において第2の貫通孔228より内側において第2の保持部264及び第2の保持部266を形成するための第2の保持壁224bの下縁との間に間隔をおいて細い切り込み272a及び切り込み274aが形成され、該切り込み272a及び切り込み274aと第2の保持壁224bの下縁との間における領域が第2の保持壁224bより外側に向けて打ち出されて、第2の保持部264及び第2の保持部266が形成される(図54(A)参照)。
作動部材218を保持部材216の保持空間内に装填するときは、まず、第1の作動片230を保持部材216内に装填し、次に、第2の作動片232を保持部材216内に装填する(図55(A)参照)。
このとき、第1の作動片230の突出部230c1が第1の保持部260の内側に、第1の作動片230の突出部230c2が第1の保持部262の内側に位置し、第2の作動片232の突出部232c1が第2の保持部264の内側に、第2の作動片232の突出部232c2が第2の保持部266の内側に位置する。
次に、第1の保持部260、第1の保持部262、第2の保持部264及び第2の保持部266を、第1の保持壁224a及び第2の保持壁224bの内側に向けて打ち込み、平面円弧状の第1の保持部260、第1の保持部262、第2の保持部264及び第2の保持部266を形成する(図55(B)参照)。
而して、第1の保持部260が突出部230c1の下面を、第1の保持部262が突出部230c2の下面を、第2の保持部264が突出部232c1の下面を、第2の保持部266が突出部232c2の下面をそれぞれ保持するように形成される。そして、突出部230c1は第1の貫通孔226より外側に、突出部230c2は第2の貫通孔228より外側に、突出部232c1は第1の貫通孔226より外側に、突出部232c2は第2の貫通孔228より外側に突き出る。
Next, a method for loading the actuating member 218 into the holding space of the holding member 216 will be described mainly with reference to FIGS. 54 and 56.
Before the holding member 216 is loaded with the first working piece 230 and the second working piece 232, the first holding portion 260 and the first holding portion 262 and the second holding portion of the first holding wall 224a are loaded. The second holding portion 264 and the second holding portion 266 of the wall 224b bulge outward from other regions of the first holding wall 224a and the second holding wall 224b (FIG. 54B )reference).
That is, the first holding wall 224a has a lower edge of the first holding wall 224a for forming the first holding portion 260 and the first holding portion 262 inside the first through hole 226 in the length direction. A thin notch 268a and a notch 270a are formed at a distance from each other, and a region between the notch 268a and the notch 270a and the lower edge of the first holding wall 224a is directed outward from the first holding wall 224a. The first holding part 260 and the first holding part 262 are formed (see FIG. 54A).
Further, the second holding wall 224b is a lower edge of the second holding wall 224b for forming the second holding portion 264 and the second holding portion 266 inside the second through hole 228 in the length direction. A thin notch 272a and a notch 274a are formed at a distance from each other, and a region between the notch 272a and the notch 274a and the lower edge of the second holding wall 224b is directed outward from the second holding wall 224b. Then, the second holding portion 264 and the second holding portion 266 are formed (see FIG. 54A).
When the operating member 218 is loaded into the holding space of the holding member 216, first, the first operating piece 230 is loaded into the holding member 216, and then the second working piece 232 is loaded into the holding member 216. (See FIG. 55A).
At this time, the protruding portion 230c1 of the first working piece 230 is located inside the first holding portion 260, and the protruding portion 230c2 of the first working piece 230 is located inside the first holding portion 262. The protruding portion 232 c 1 of the operating piece 232 is positioned inside the second holding portion 264, and the protruding portion 232 c 2 of the second operating piece 232 is positioned inside the second holding portion 266.
Next, the first holding unit 260, the first holding unit 262, the second holding unit 264, and the second holding unit 266 are directed toward the inside of the first holding wall 224a and the second holding wall 224b. The first holding portion 260, the first holding portion 262, the second holding portion 264, and the second holding portion 266 that are driven and formed in a plane arc shape are formed (see FIG. 55B).
Thus, the first holding portion 260 holds the lower surface of the protruding portion 230c1, the first holding portion 262 holds the lower surface of the protruding portion 230c2, and the second holding portion 264 holds the lower surface of the protruding portion 232c1. The portions 266 are formed so as to hold the lower surfaces of the protruding portions 232c2. The protrusion 230c1 is outside the first through hole 226, the protrusion 230c2 is outside the second through hole 228, the protrusion 232c1 is outside the first through hole 226, and the protrusion 232c2 is the second. It protrudes outside the through-hole 228.

次に、開閉部材240を作動部材218に装填する方法について、図56ないし58に基づいて説明する。
固定先端部242a及び固定先端部242bが延ばされた側を、下側、すなわち保持部材216の被綴じ物載置部222とは反対側に位置させ、巻線部244の貫通孔内に開閉部材固定部236b及び開閉部材固定部238bを挿入して、空隙部236aと空隙部238aとの間に開閉部材240を装填する。
第2の作動片232側に位置する固定先端部242aのL字型の支持部位(係止脚部247a及び規制脚部248a)を、図38(A)の矢印で示すように巻線部244を中心に180°巻線方向(ねじり方向)に回し、第1の作動片230の幅方向において第1の作動片230側に延ばして、第1の作動片230の支持部236cに係止させる。
また、第1の作動片230側に位置する固定先端部242bのL字型の支持部位(係止脚部247b及び規制脚部248b)を、図38(A)の矢印で示すように巻線部244を中心に180°巻線方向(ねじり方向)に回し、第2の作動片232の幅方向において第2の作動片232側に延ばして、第2の作動片232の支持部238cに係止させる。
したがって、開閉部材240は、元の状態に戻ろうとする力を、開閉部材の一方の固定先端部242a及び開閉部材の他方の固定先端部242bを通して第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232に及ぼし、第1の作動片230と第2の作動片232とを揺動させる。
また、開閉部材240の規制脚部248aと規制脚部248bとは、支持部236cと支持部238cの第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232の幅方向における外側面に係止され、第1の作動片230と第2の作動片232とが揺動するときに、第1の作動片230と第2の作動片232の幅方向における位置を所定の位置に位置させて、不要な移動をすることがないように規制する。
Next, a method for loading the opening / closing member 240 into the operating member 218 will be described with reference to FIGS.
The side where the fixed distal end portion 242a and the fixed distal end portion 242b are extended is positioned on the lower side, that is, on the opposite side of the holding member 216 from the object mounting portion 222, and is opened and closed in the through hole of the winding portion 244. The member fixing portion 236b and the opening / closing member fixing portion 238b are inserted, and the opening / closing member 240 is loaded between the gap portion 236a and the gap portion 238a.
The L-shaped support portion (the locking leg portion 247a and the regulation leg portion 248a) of the fixed distal end portion 242a located on the second operating piece 232 side is wound around the winding portion 244 as shown by the arrow in FIG. Is rotated 180 ° in the winding direction (twisting direction) around the center and extended toward the first working piece 230 in the width direction of the first working piece 230 to be engaged with the support portion 236c of the first working piece 230. .
Further, the L-shaped support portion (the locking leg portion 247b and the regulating leg portion 248b) of the fixed distal end portion 242b located on the first operating piece 230 side is wound as shown by the arrow in FIG. Rotate 180 degrees around the portion 244 in the winding direction (twisting direction), extend toward the second working piece 232 in the width direction of the second working piece 232, and engage with the support portion 238 c of the second working piece 232. Stop.
Therefore, the opening / closing member 240 applies a force to return to the original state through the first fixed tip 242a of the open / close member and the other fixed tip 242b of the open / close member. The first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232 are swung.
Further, the regulating leg 248a and the regulating leg 248b of the opening / closing member 240 are locked to the outer side surfaces in the width direction of the first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232 of the support portion 236c and the support portion 238c, When the first working piece 230 and the second working piece 232 are swung, the position of the first working piece 230 and the second working piece 232 in the width direction is positioned at a predetermined position, which is unnecessary. Regulate not to move.

前記実施の形態によれば、一対の作動片(第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232)には、保持部材216に形成された貫通孔(第1の貫通孔226及び第2の貫通孔228)に通される突出部(突出部230c1、突出部230c2、突出部232c1、及び突出部232c2)が形成されているので、作動片(第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232)に綴杆(第1の綴杆212、第2の綴杆214)の基部を例えばカシメ止めをしても作動片(第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232)にかかるストレスを少なくするために面積を大きくすることができる。そのために、作動片(第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232)全体の強度を増すことができる。   According to the embodiment, the pair of operating pieces (the first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232) have through-holes (the first through-hole 226 and the second operating piece 232) formed in the holding member 216. Since the protruding portions (the protruding portion 230c1, the protruding portion 230c2, the protruding portion 232c1, and the protruding portion 232c2) that are passed through the through hole 228) are formed, the operating pieces (the first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece) 232), the stress applied to the operating pieces (the first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232) even if the base of the binding hook (the first binding hook 212, the second binding hook 214) is caulked, for example. The area can be increased in order to reduce Therefore, the strength of the entire operating piece (the first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232) can be increased.

次に、本発明にかかる別の実施の形態である4穴真円型リング綴具について、図59ないし図63に基づいて説明する。
この実施の形態の綴具510は、前記実施の形態の綴具210と略同様の構成であるが、主として、綴杆の数が増加したことに伴う、保持部材の構成、作動部材の構成および開閉部材の構成が異なるので、それらを中心に以下説明する。
Next, a four-hole perfect circle ring binding device according to another embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS.
The binding device 510 of this embodiment has substantially the same configuration as that of the binding device 210 of the above embodiment, but mainly the configuration of the holding member, the configuration of the operating member, and Since the configuration of the opening / closing member is different, the following description will be made focusing on them.

綴具510は、一対のそれぞれ略円環状の金属製の第1の綴杆512、第2の綴杆513、第3の綴杆514および第4の綴杆515と、前記第1の綴杆512および第4の綴杆515をそれぞれ間隔をおいて設けることができる長さを備えた保持部材516と、その表面に第1の綴杆512および第4の綴杆515が間隔をおいてそれぞれの基部が固定され、第1の綴杆512、第2の綴杆513、第3の綴杆514および第4の綴杆515が前記保持部材516に固定されるように保持部材516の内側に可動自在に固定された作動部材518とを備える。   The binding tool 510 includes a pair of substantially annular metal first binding rod 512, second binding rod 513, third binding rod 514, and fourth binding rod 515, and the first binding rod. The holding member 516 having a length capable of providing the 512 and fourth binding rods 515 at intervals, and the first binding rod 512 and the fourth binding rod 515 on the surface thereof, respectively. Is fixed to the inside of the holding member 516 so that the first binding rod 512, the second binding rod 513, the third binding rod 514, and the fourth binding rod 515 are fixed to the holding member 516. And an actuating member 518 that is movably fixed.

綴杆は、4穴タイプのために、第1の綴杆512、第2の綴杆513、第3の綴杆514および第4の綴杆515の4個の綴杆からなる。第1の綴杆512は、第1の半割杆512aおよび第2の半割杆512bを備え、第2の綴杆513は、第3の半割杆513aおよび第4の半割杆513bを備え、第3の綴杆514は、第5の半割杆514aおよび第6の半割杆514bを備え、第4の綴杆515は、第7の半割杆515aおよび第8の半割杆515bを備える。
そして、用紙等の被綴じ物Sに予め穿設された綴じ孔に挿通して、用紙等の被綴じ物Sを綴じることができるように、第1の半割杆512aおよび第2の半割杆512bの先端と、第3の半割杆513aおよび第4の半割杆513bの先端と、第5の半割杆514aおよび第6の半割杆514bの先端と、第7の半割杆515aおよび第8の半割杆515bの先端とにおいて、すなわち第1の綴杆512、第2の綴杆513、第3の綴杆514および第4の綴杆515の頂部において、綴杆係止部550が形成されている。
第1の綴杆512を構成する第1の半割杆512aと第2の半割杆512bとは、第1の半割杆512aの綴杆係止部550と、第2の半割杆512bの綴杆係止部550とを係止することにより、環状に係合される。
また、第3の綴杆514を構成する第5の半割杆514aと第6の半割杆514bとは、第5の半割杆514aの綴杆係止部550と第6の半割杆514bの綴杆係止部550とを係止することにより、環状に係合される。
The binding rod is composed of four binding rods of a first binding rod 512, a second binding rod 513, a third binding rod 514, and a fourth binding rod 515 for the four-hole type. The first binding rod 512 includes a first half split rod 512a and a second half split rod 512b, and the second binding rod 513 includes a third half split rod 513a and a fourth half split rod 513b. The third binding rod 514 includes a fifth half-split plate 514a and a sixth half-split plate 514b, and the fourth binding rod 515 includes a seventh half-split plate 515a and an eighth half-split plate 514a. 515b.
Then, the first half-split 512a and the second half-split are provided so that the binding object S such as paper can be bound by being inserted into a binding hole previously formed in the binding object S such as paper. The tip of the collar 512b, the tips of the third half split bar 513a and the fourth half split bar 513b, the tips of the fifth half split bar 514a and the sixth half split bar 514b, and the seventh half split bar At the top of the first binding rod 512, the second binding rod 513, the third binding rod 514, and the fourth binding rod 515 at the top of 515a and the eighth half-split rod 515b A portion 550 is formed.
The first half-split 512a and the second half-split 512b constituting the first splicer 512 are a staple binding portion 550 of the first half-split 512a and a second half-split 512b. By engaging the staple binding portion 550, the ring is engaged in an annular shape.
Further, the fifth half-split 514a and the sixth half-split 514b constituting the third splicer 514 are the staple binding portion 550 of the fifth half-split 514a and the sixth half-split. By engaging the staple binding portion 550 of 514b, it is engaged in an annular shape.

保持部材516は、第1の綴杆512、第2の綴杆513、第3の綴杆514および第4の綴杆515を所定の間隔をおいて設けることができる長さを備える平面略長方形で、その両端、すなわち表紙Aに取り付ける取付孔520近傍においては、平面略半円弧状に形成されている。
保持部材516は、被綴じ物載置部522の内側には保持空間を備え、その空間に作動部材518等を収容するように構成されている。
保持部材516の被綴じ物載置部522の両端には、その長手方向に略々その一端から他端に亘って、作動部材518を摺動自在に保持する保持壁524が設けられている。この実施の形態においては、保持部材516の長手方向において、第1の綴杆512、第2の綴杆513、第3の綴杆514および第4の綴杆515のそれぞれの外側近傍より内部に亘って略全体において垂下されるように、第1の保持壁524aおよび第2の保持壁524bが連設され、第1の保持壁524aと第2の保持壁524bとは平行で略同一の形状の板状である。そして、この第1の保持壁524aおよび第2の保持壁524bと被綴じ物載置部522によって囲繞された保持空間内に、後に詳しく説明する作動部材518等が収容される。
The holding member 516 has a length that allows the first binding rod 512, the second binding rod 513, the third binding rod 514, and the fourth binding rod 515 to be provided at a predetermined interval. Thus, both ends, that is, in the vicinity of the mounting holes 520 attached to the cover A, are formed in a substantially semicircular arc shape.
The holding member 516 includes a holding space inside the binding object mounting portion 522, and is configured to accommodate the operation member 518 and the like in the space.
At both ends of the binding object mounting portion 522 of the holding member 516, holding walls 524 that hold the operating member 518 slidably are provided substantially from one end to the other end in the longitudinal direction. In this embodiment, in the longitudinal direction of the holding member 516, the first binding rod 512, the second binding rod 513, the third binding rod 514, and the fourth binding rod 515 are located closer to the inside than the outside. The first holding wall 524a and the second holding wall 524b are continuously provided so as to hang down over substantially the whole, and the first holding wall 524a and the second holding wall 524b are parallel and substantially the same shape. It is a plate shape. In the holding space surrounded by the first holding wall 524a and the second holding wall 524b and the binding object mounting portion 522, an operation member 518 and the like described in detail later are accommodated.

保持部材516の被綴じ物載置部522には、第1の綴杆512と第2の綴杆513とを、一定の間隔(日本工業規格等で決められている一定の長さ)をおいて遊貫するための、第1の貫通孔526と第2の貫通孔527がそれぞれ穿設されるとともに、第3の綴杆514と第4の綴杆515とを、一定の間隔(日本工業規格等で決められている一定の長さ)をおいて遊貫するための、第3の貫通孔528及び第4の貫通孔529がそれぞれ穿設されている。
第1の貫通孔526及び第2の貫通孔527と第3の貫通孔528及び第4の貫通孔529とは、それぞれの綴杆を構成する半割杆に対応して、保持部材516の幅方向において左右に分かれて一定の間隔をおいて、2つずつ穿設されている。
The first binding rod 512 and the second binding rod 513 are placed on the binding object mounting portion 522 of the holding member 516 at a certain interval (a certain length determined by Japanese Industrial Standards). The first through-hole 526 and the second through-hole 527 are drilled to allow the third binding rod 514 and the fourth binding rod 515 to be spaced apart from each other (Nippon Kogyo Co., Ltd.). A third through-hole 528 and a fourth through-hole 529 are formed in order to loosen with a certain length (determined by a standard or the like).
The first through-hole 526 and the second through-hole 527 and the third through-hole 528 and the fourth through-hole 529 correspond to the half cracks constituting the respective binding rods, and the width of the holding member 516 Two holes are perforated with a certain interval, divided into left and right in the direction.

作動部材518を構成する作動片は、前記実施の形態の綴具の作動片とは異なり長く形成された、左右一対の作動片530及び作動片532を有する。
第1の作動片530は、前記第1の半割杆512a、第3の半割杆513a、第5の半割杆514a及び第7の半割杆515aの基部が固定されている。
第2の作動片531は、第2の半割杆512b、第4の半割杆513b、第6の半割杆514b及び第8の半割杆515bの基部が固定されている。
The operation piece constituting the operation member 518 has a pair of left and right operation pieces 530 and operation pieces 532 which are formed longer than the operation pieces of the binding device of the above-described embodiment.
The first actuating piece 530 has the bases of the first half split bar 512a, the third half split bar 513a, the fifth half split bar 514a, and the seventh half split bar 515a fixed thereto.
The second actuating piece 531 is fixed at the base of the second half-split 512b, the fourth half-split 513b, the sixth half-split 514b, and the eighth half-split 515b.

第1の作動片530及び第2の作動片532は、二対の空隙部536a1と空隙部536a2及び空隙部536a2と空隙部538a2が形成され、且つ二対の開閉部材固定部536b1と開閉部材固定部536b2及び開閉部材固定部538b1と開閉部材固定部538b2の外側近傍において、第1の作動片530及び第2の作動片532の長手方向への移動を規制する移動規制部が、2つ形成されている。
そして、開閉部材540は、空隙部536a1と空隙部538a1との中に装填され、開閉部材536b1と開閉部材固定部538b1とに跨って固定され、開閉部材542は、空隙部536a1と空隙部538a2との中に装填され、開閉部材固定部536b2と開閉部材固定部538b2とに跨って固定される。
開閉部材540の固定先端部540aは第1の作動片530の支持部536cに、固定先端部540bは第2の作動片532の支持部538cにそれぞれ固定され、開閉部材542の固定先端部542aは第1の作動片530の支持部536dに、固定先端部542bは第2の作動片532の支持部538dにそれぞれ固定される。
開閉部材540の固定先端部540a及び固定先端部540bは、前記図34図示実施の形態と略々同じ構成である。また、第1の作動片530の支持部536c及び支持部536dと第2の作動片532の支持部538c及び支持部538dとは、前記図34図示実施の形態と略々同じ構成である。
The first working piece 530 and the second working piece 532 are formed with two pairs of gaps 536a 1 and 536a 2 and gaps 536a 2 and 538a 2 , and two pairs of opening / closing member fixing parts 536b. 1 and the opening / closing member fixing portion 536b 2 and the movement that regulates the movement of the first operating piece 530 and the second operating piece 532 in the longitudinal direction in the vicinity of the outside of the opening / closing member fixing portion 538b 1 and the opening / closing member fixing portion 538b 2 Two restricting portions are formed.
Then, the opening / closing member 540 is loaded into the gap portion 536a 1 and the gap portion 538a 1 and fixed across the opening / closing member 536b 1 and the opening / closing member fixing portion 538b 1, and the opening / closing member 542 is fixed to the gap portion 536a 1. And the gap portion 538a 2 and is fixed across the opening / closing member fixing portion 536b 2 and the opening / closing member fixing portion 538b 2 .
The fixed tip 540a of the opening / closing member 540 is fixed to the support 536c of the first operating piece 530, the fixed tip 540b is fixed to the support 538c of the second operating piece 532, and the fixed tip 542a of the opening / closing member 542 is The fixed tip portion 542b is fixed to the support portion 538d of the second operation piece 532, and the support tip 542b is fixed to the support portion 536d of the first operation piece 530, respectively.
The fixed front end 540a and the fixed front end 540b of the opening / closing member 540 have substantially the same configuration as that of the embodiment shown in FIG. Further, the support portion 536c and support portion 536d of the first operating piece 530 and the support portion 538c and support portion 538d of the second operating piece 532 have substantially the same configuration as the embodiment shown in FIG.

前記第1の作動片530は、前記突き合わせ縁530aとは離れた位置で、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴杆512の基部と第5の綴杆515の基部とを結ぶ方向(図61図示X1及びX2方向)に近い方向にのびる突条530hが形成されている。この実施の形態においては、第1の綴杆512の基部と第5の綴杆515の基部とを結ぶ方向と平行で第1の作動片530の長さ方向にのびる。
前記突条530hは、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴杆512の基部と第5の綴杆515の基部の間で、外側端縁530bにおいて、突出部530c3の近傍を除いて連続して、第1の綴杆512及び第5の綴杆515が突出する方向とは反対側に向けて突設されている。
前記突条530hは、第1の作動片530を構成する平板状の金属製板体を断面L字形に折り曲げて形成されている。
また、前記第2の作動片532は、前記突き合わせ縁532aとは離れた位置で、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴杆512の基部と第5の綴杆515の基部とを結ぶ方向(図61図示X1及びX2方向)に近い方向にのびる突条532hが形成されている。この実施の形態においては、第1の綴杆512の基部と第5の綴杆515の基部とを結ぶ方向と平行で第2の作動片532の長さ方向にのびる。
前記突条532hは、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴杆512の基部と第5の綴杆515の基部の間で、外側端縁532bにおいて、突出部530c3の近傍を除いて連続して、第1の綴杆512及び第5の綴杆515が突出する方向とは反対側に向けて突設されている。
前記突条532hは、第2の作動片532を構成する平板状の金属製板体を断面L字形に折り曲げて形成されている。
したがって、第1の作動片530及び第2の作動片532は、第1の綴杆512の基部と第5の綴杆515の基部間におけるしなりが、突条530h及び突条532hにより防止される。
The first operating piece 530 is connected to the base of the first binding pin 512 and the base of the fifth binding pin 515 that are spaced apart from each other at a position away from the butting edge 530a (see FIG. 61 ridges 530h extending in a direction close to the X1 and X2 directions shown in FIG. In this embodiment, the first working piece 530 extends in the length direction in parallel with the direction connecting the base portion of the first binding rod 512 and the base portion of the fifth binding rod 515.
The protrusion 530h is continuous between the base portion of the first binding rod 512 and the base portion of the fifth binding rod 515 provided at intervals, except for the vicinity of the protruding portion 530c3 at the outer edge 530b. Thus, the first binding rod 512 and the fifth binding rod 515 are projected toward the opposite side of the protruding direction.
The protrusion 530h is formed by bending a flat metal plate constituting the first operating piece 530 into an L-shaped cross section.
In addition, the second operating piece 532 is connected to the base of the first binding pin 512 and the base of the fifth binding pin 515 that are spaced apart from each other at a position away from the butt edge 532a. A protrusion 532h extending in a direction close to (in the direction of X1 and X2 in FIG. 61) is formed. In this embodiment, the second working piece 532 extends in the length direction in parallel with the direction connecting the base portion of the first binding rod 512 and the base portion of the fifth binding rod 515.
The protrusion 532h is continuous between the base portion of the first binding rod 512 and the base portion of the fifth binding rod 515 provided at intervals, except for the vicinity of the protruding portion 530c3 at the outer edge 532b. Thus, the first binding rod 512 and the fifth binding rod 515 are projected toward the opposite side of the protruding direction.
The protrusion 532h is formed by bending a flat metal plate constituting the second operating piece 532 into an L-shaped cross section.
Therefore, the first operating piece 530 and the second operating piece 532 are prevented from being bent between the base portion of the first binding rod 512 and the base portion of the fifth binding rod 515 by the protrusion 530h and the protrusion 532h. The

第1の作動片530は、基部で固定された第1の半割杆512a及び第7の半割杆515aの基部の近傍と中央の突出部530c3の近傍とに、第1の作動片530を補強してしなりを少なくするために、ビード534a、ビード534b及びビード534eが上面に向けて突設されている。
第2の作動片532は、基部で固定された第2の半割杆512b及び第8の半割杆515bの基部の近傍と中央の突出部532c3の近傍とに、第2の作動片532を補強してしなりを少なくするために、ビード534c、ビード534d及びビード534fが上面に向けて突設されている。
The first actuating piece 530 is provided with the first actuating piece 530 in the vicinity of the base of the first half split bar 512a and the seventh half split bar 515a and the vicinity of the central protrusion 530c3. In order to reinforce and reduce bending, a bead 534a, a bead 534b, and a bead 534e are projected toward the upper surface.
The second actuating piece 532 is provided with a second actuating piece 532 in the vicinity of the base of the second half-split 512b and the eighth half-split 515b fixed at the base and in the vicinity of the central protrusion 532c3. In order to reinforce and reduce bending, a bead 534c, a bead 534d, and a bead 534f are projected toward the upper surface.

ビード534aは、第1の半割杆512aの基部と突出部530c1との間において第1の作動片530の長手方向にのびる第1直線部534a1と、突条530hの内側(第1の作動片530の幅方向における略々中央において)で第1の半割杆512aの基部の近傍から第1の作動片530の長手方向にのびる第2直線部534a2と、第1直線部534a1の内側端と第2直線部534a2の外側端との間を結ぶ斜線部534a3とを備え、第1の作動片530の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
ビード534bは、第7の半割杆515aの基部と突出部530c2との間において第1の作動片530の長手方向にのびる第1直線部534b1と、突条530hの内側(第1の作動片530の幅方向における略々中央において)で第3の半割杆514aの基部の近傍から第1の作動片530の長手方向にのびる第2直線部534b2と、第1直線部534b1の内側端と第2直線部534b2の外側端との間を結ぶ斜線部534b3とを備え、第1の作動片530の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
ビード534cは、第2の半割杆512bの基部と突出部532c1との間において第2の作動片532の長手方向にのびる第1直線部534c1と、突条532hの内側(第2の作動片532の幅方向における略々中央において)で第2の半割杆512bの基部の近傍から第2の作動片532の長手方向にのびる第2直線部534c2と、第1直線部534c1の内側端と第2直線部534c2の外側端との間を結ぶ斜線部534c3とを備え、第2の作動片532の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
ビード534dは、第8の半割杆515bの基部と突出部532c2との間において第2の作動片532の長手方向にのびる第1直線部534d1と、突条532hの内側(第2作動片532の幅方向における略々中央において)で第3の半割杆514bの基部の近傍から第2の作動片532の長手方向にのびる第2直線部534d2と、第1直線部534d1の内側端と第2直線部534d2の外側端との間を結ぶ斜線部534d3とを備え、第2の作動片532の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
ビード534eは、直線状であり、突出部530c3の近傍において、上下に分断された突条530hと突条530hとの間に跨って形成されている。
ビード534fは、直線状であり、突出部532c3の近傍において、上下に分断された突条532hと532hとの間に跨って形成されている。
The bead 534a includes a first straight portion 534a1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the first operating piece 530 between the base portion of the first half split 512a and the protruding portion 530c1, and an inner side of the protrusion 530h (first operating piece). A second straight portion 534a2 extending in the longitudinal direction of the first operating piece 530 from the vicinity of the base portion of the first half-split 512a, and an inner end of the first straight portion 534a1 A slanted line portion 534a3 connecting between the second straight portion 534a2 and the outer end of the second straight portion 534a2 is provided, and a straight convex portion having a certain width is projected from the lower surface of the first operating piece 530 toward the upper surface.
The bead 534b includes a first straight portion 534b1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the first operating piece 530 between the base portion of the seventh half split 515a and the protruding portion 530c2, and an inner side of the protrusion 530h (first operating piece). A second straight portion 534b2 extending in the longitudinal direction of the first working piece 530 from the vicinity of the base portion of the third half split 514a and an inner end of the first straight portion 534b1 A slanted line part 534b3 connecting between the outer ends of the second straight line part 534b2 and a linear convex part having a constant width projecting from the lower surface to the upper surface of the first operating piece 530 is provided.
The bead 534c includes a first straight portion 534c1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the second operating piece 532 between the base portion of the second half split 512b and the protruding portion 532c1, and an inner side of the protrusion 532h (second operating piece). A second linear portion 534c2 extending in the longitudinal direction of the second working piece 532 from the vicinity of the base portion of the second half-split 512b, and an inner end of the first linear portion 534c1 The second straight line portion 534c2 is provided with a slanted line portion 534c3 that connects to the outer end of the second straight line portion 534c2, and is formed by projecting a straight convex portion having a constant width from the lower surface to the upper surface of the second operating piece 532.
The bead 534d includes a first linear portion 534d1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the second operating piece 532 between the base portion of the eighth half split bar 515b and the protruding portion 532c2, and an inner side of the protrusion 532h (second operating piece 532). The second straight portion 534d2 extending in the longitudinal direction of the second operating piece 532 from the vicinity of the base portion of the third half split plate 514b, and the inner end of the first straight portion 534d1 The second straight line portion 534d2 is provided with a slanted line portion 534d3 connecting to the outer end of the second straight line portion 534d2, and a straight convex portion having a constant width is projected from the lower surface of the second working piece 532 toward the upper surface.
The bead 534e is linear and is formed between the protrusion 530h and the protrusion 530h divided in the vicinity of the protrusion 530c3.
The bead 534f is linear and is formed between the protrusions 532h and 532h divided in the vertical direction in the vicinity of the protrusion 532c3.

開閉部材は、前記実施の形態の綴具においては、一対の作動片に対応して、1個が装填されていたが、この実施の形態の綴具においては、一対の作動片530及び作動片532の長さに対応して、上下に1個ずつ、合計2個の開閉部材540及び開閉部材541が装填されている。   In the binding device of the above-described embodiment, one opening / closing member is loaded corresponding to the pair of operating pieces. However, in the binding device of this embodiment, the pair of operating pieces 530 and the operating piece is provided. Corresponding to the length of 532, a total of two opening / closing members 540 and opening / closing members 541 are loaded one by one on the top and bottom.

突出部530c1は第1保持部560により、突出部530c2は第1保持部562により、突出部532c1は第2保持部564により、突出部532c2は第2保持部566により、それぞれ保持される。
また、突出部530c3は第3保持部561により、突出部532c3は第3保持部565により、それぞれ保持される。
The protruding portion 530c1 is held by the first holding portion 560, the protruding portion 530c2 is held by the first holding portion 562, the protruding portion 532c1 is held by the second holding portion 564, and the protruding portion 532c2 is held by the second holding portion 566.
Further, the protruding portion 530c3 is held by the third holding portion 561, and the protruding portion 532c3 is held by the third holding portion 565, respectively.

次に、本発明にかかる別の実施の形態である3穴真円型リング綴具について、図64ないし図68に基づいて説明する。
この実施の形態の綴具610は、前記実施の形態の綴具210と略同様の構成であるが、主として、綴杆の数が増加したことに伴う、保持部材の構成、作動部材の構成および開閉部材の構成が異なるので、それらを中心に以下説明する。
Next, a three-hole perfect circle ring binding device according to another embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS.
The binding device 610 of this embodiment has substantially the same configuration as the binding device 210 of the above embodiment, but mainly the configuration of the holding member, the configuration of the operating member, and Since the configuration of the opening / closing member is different, the following description will be made focusing on them.

綴具610は、一対のそれぞれ略円環状の金属製の第1の綴杆612、第2の綴杆613及び第3の綴杆614と、前記第1の綴杆612ないし第3の綴杆614をそれぞれ間隔をおいて設けることができる長さを備えた保持部材616と、その表面に第1の綴杆612ないし第3の綴杆614が間隔をおいてそれぞれの基部が固定され、第1の綴杆612、第2の綴杆613及び第3の綴杆614が前記保持部材616に固定されるように保持部材616の内側に可動自在に固定された作動部材618とを備える。   The binding tool 610 includes a pair of substantially annular metal first binding rod 612, second binding rod 613, and third binding rod 614, and the first binding rod 612 to the third binding rod. A holding member 616 having a length capable of providing 614 at intervals, and a first binding rod 612 to a third binding rod 614 on the surface of the holding member 616 and the respective bases thereof are fixed at intervals. The first binding rod 612, the second binding rod 613, and the third binding rod 614 include an operation member 618 that is movably fixed inside the holding member 616 so as to be fixed to the holding member 616.

綴杆は、3穴タイプのために、第1の綴杆612、第2の綴杆613及び第3の綴杆614の3個の綴杆からなる。第1の綴杆612は、第1の半割杆612aおよび第2の半割杆612bを備え、第2の綴杆613は、第3の半割杆613aおよび第4の半割杆613bを備え、第3の綴杆614は、第5の半割杆614aおよび第6の半割杆614bを備える。
そして、用紙等の被綴じ物Sに予め穿設された綴じ孔に挿通して、用紙等の被綴じ物Sを綴じることができるように、第1の半割杆612aおよび第2の半割杆612bの先端と、第3の半割杆613aおよび第4の半割杆613bの先端と、第5の半割杆614aと第6の半割杆614bの先端とにおいて、すなわち第1の綴杆612、第2の綴杆613および第3の綴杆614の頂部において、綴杆係止部650が形成されている。
The binding rod is composed of three binding rods of a first binding rod 612, a second binding rod 613, and a third binding rod 614 for the three-hole type. The first binding rod 612 includes a first half split rod 612a and a second half split rod 612b, and the second binding rod 613 includes a third half split rod 613a and a fourth half split rod 613b. The third binding rod 614 includes a fifth half split rod 614a and a sixth half split rod 614b.
Then, the first half-split 612a and the second half-split are provided so that the binding object S such as a sheet can be bound by being inserted into a binding hole previously formed in the binding object S such as a sheet. At the leading end of the collar 612b, the distal ends of the third half split collar 613a and the fourth half split collar 613b, and the leading ends of the fifth half split collar 614a and the sixth half split collar 614b, that is, the first binding At the tops of the collar 612, the second staple 613, and the third staple 614, a staple anchoring portion 650 is formed.

前記綴杆を構成する第1の綴杆612、第2の綴杆613及び第3の綴杆614は、断面円形状金属製線材を、綴杆係止部650を外す方向(図65のO1及びO2の方向)にのばし、且つ中央部分を押さえることによって綴杆を閉じる方向に対してわん曲させて形成されている。そして、第1の綴杆612、第2の綴杆613及び第3の綴杆614は、中央が綴杆を開く方向(第1の半割杆612a、第3の半割杆613a及び第5の半割杆614aは、図65のO3方向、第2の半割杆612b、第4の半割杆613b、第6の半割杆614bは、図65のO4方向)に膨み且つ両端が綴杆を閉じる方向にわん曲した断面略空豆(ビーンズ)型の形状に形成されている。
すなわち、環状の第1の綴杆612、第2の綴杆613及び第3の綴杆614を開閉方向に見て、第1の綴杆612、第2の綴杆613及び第3の綴杆614の内側は波状起伏面が形成され、第1の綴杆612、第2の綴杆613及び第3の綴杆614の外側は半円弧状に形成されている。そして、第1の綴杆612、第2の綴杆613及び第3の綴杆614は、綴杆を外す方向に見て、両外側が、半円弧状に形成されている。
従来の断面形状丸型の綴杆は、小径だと変形に弱く、大径にすれば断面積が増して材料費がかさみ、従来の断面形状略長方形の綴杆は、用紙等の被綴じ物Sにあける綴じ穴には丸穴が多いので、用紙等の被綴じ物Sの綴じ穴に対応しにくく、用紙等の被綴じ物Sの綴じ穴を傷つけるおそれがある。
ところが、綴杆を構成する第1の綴杆612、第2の綴杆613及び第3の綴杆614は、細いならば綴杆係止部650の嵌合がうまくゆかないときがある。
そのために、第1の綴杆612、第2の綴杆613及び第3の綴杆614の幅を広げたいが、元の線材として断面積の小さいものを使用しても、元の金属製線材を加工することにより綴杆としては必要な幅が確保されるようにしたい。
そこで、本発明にかかる綴杆は、それを形成する線材の中央部分を押さえて線材を空豆(ビーンズ)型につぶすことにより全体としての幅を広げ、すなわち、綴杆の全体の幅を綴杆係止部650を外す方向に広げて、綴杆係止部650の嵌合を完全にできるように形成している。
The first binding rod 612, the second binding rod 613, and the third binding rod 614 constituting the binding rod are made of a metal wire having a circular cross section in a direction in which the binding pinching portion 650 is removed (O in FIG. 65). It is formed by bending in the direction of closing the binding by extending in the direction of 1 and O 2 and pressing the central part. The first binding rod 612, the second binding rod 613, and the third binding rod 614 are arranged in the direction in which the center opens the binding rod (the first half split rod 612a, the third half split rod 613a, and the fifth 65 swells in the O 3 direction of FIG. 65, the second half split 612 b, the fourth half split 613 b, and the sixth half split 614 b in the O 4 direction of FIG. Both ends are formed in a substantially bean shape with a cross section bent in the direction of closing the binding.
That is, the first binding rod 612, the second binding rod 613, and the third binding rod 612 are viewed in the opening / closing direction when the annular first binding rod 612, the second binding rod 613, and the third binding rod 614 are viewed in the opening / closing direction. A wavy relief surface is formed on the inner side of 614, and the outer sides of the first binding rod 612, the second binding rod 613, and the third binding rod 614 are formed in a semicircular arc shape. The first binding rod 612, the second binding rod 613, and the third binding rod 614 are formed in a semicircular shape on both outer sides when viewed in the direction of removing the binding rod.
Conventional cross-section round staples are vulnerable to deformation if they have a small diameter, and if they are large diameters, the cross-sectional area increases and material costs increase. Since there are many round holes in the binding hole in S, it is difficult to correspond to the binding hole of the binding object S such as paper, and the binding hole of the binding object S such as paper may be damaged.
However, if the first binding rod 612, the second binding rod 613, and the third binding rod 614 constituting the binding rod are thin, the binding of the binding rod locking portion 650 may not be successful.
Therefore, although it is desired to increase the width of the first binding rod 612, the second binding rod 613, and the third binding rod 614, the original metal wire rod can be used even if an original wire rod having a small cross-sectional area is used. I want to secure the necessary width as a binding by processing
Therefore, the binding rod according to the present invention expands the overall width by pressing the center portion of the wire rod that forms it and crushing the wire rod into a bean shape, that is, the overall width of the binding rod is reduced. The locking portion 650 is widened in the direction to be removed, so that the binding of the binding lock portion 650 can be completed completely.

保持部材616は、第1の綴杆612、第2の綴杆613及び第3の綴杆614を所定の間隔をおいて設けることができる長さを備える平面略長方形で、その両端、すなわち表紙Aに取り付ける取付孔620近傍においては、平面略半円弧状に形成されている。
保持部材616は、被綴じ物載置部622の内側には保持空間を備え、その空間に作動部材618等を収容するように構成されている。
保持部材616の被綴じ物載置部622の両端には、その長手方向に略々その一端から他端に亘って、作動部材618を摺動自在に保持する保持壁624が設けられている。この実施の形態においては、保持部材616の長手方向において、第1の綴杆612、第2の綴杆613及び第3の綴杆614のそれぞれの外側近傍より内部に亘って略全体において垂下されるように、第1の保持壁624aおよび第2の保持壁624bが連設され、第1の保持壁624aと第2の保持壁624bとは平行で略同一の形状の板状である。そして、この第1の保持壁624aおよび第2の保持壁624bと被綴じ物載置部622によって囲繞された保持空間内に、後に詳しく説明する作動部材618等が収容される。
The holding member 616 has a substantially rectangular shape with a length that allows the first binding rod 612, the second binding rod 613, and the third binding rod 614 to be provided at a predetermined interval, and both ends thereof, that is, cover sheets. In the vicinity of the attachment hole 620 to be attached to A, the plane is formed in a substantially semicircular arc shape.
The holding member 616 includes a holding space inside the binding object mounting portion 622, and is configured to accommodate the operation member 618 and the like in the space.
At both ends of the binding object mounting portion 622 of the holding member 616, holding walls 624 are provided for slidably holding the operating member 618 from one end to the other end in the longitudinal direction. In this embodiment, in the longitudinal direction of the holding member 616, the first binding rod 612, the second binding rod 613, and the third binding rod 614 are suspended substantially from the outside to the inside. In this way, the first holding wall 624a and the second holding wall 624b are connected in series, and the first holding wall 624a and the second holding wall 624b are parallel and have substantially the same plate shape. In the holding space surrounded by the first holding wall 624a and the second holding wall 624b and the binding object mounting portion 622, an operation member 618 and the like described in detail later are accommodated.

保持部材616の被綴じ物載置部622には、第1の綴杆612と第2の綴杆613とに、第3の綴杆614とを、一定の間隔(日本工業規格等で決められている一定の長さ)をおいて遊貫するための、第1の貫通孔626、第2の貫通孔627及び第3の貫通孔628がそれぞれ穿設されている。
第1の貫通孔626と第2の貫通孔627と第3の貫通孔628とは、それぞれの綴杆を構成する半割杆に対応して、保持部材616の幅方向において左右に分かれて一定の間隔をおいて、2つずつ穿設されている。
In the binding object mounting portion 622 of the holding member 616, the first binding rod 612, the second binding rod 613, and the third binding rod 614 are arranged at a fixed interval (determined by Japanese Industrial Standards or the like). The first through-hole 626, the second through-hole 627, and the third through-hole 628 are drilled in order to loosen with a certain length).
The first through-hole 626, the second through-hole 627, and the third through-hole 628 are divided into left and right in the width direction of the holding member 616 and correspond to the half splits constituting each binding rod. Two holes are drilled at intervals of.

作動部材618を構成する作動片は、前記実施の形態の綴具210の作動片と同様に、左右一対の作動片を有する。
前記第1の半割杆612a、第3の半割杆613a及び第5の半割杆614aの基部が固定された第1の作動片630と第2の半割杆612b、第4の半割杆613b及び第6の半割杆614bの基部が固定された第2の作動片632とは、前記実施の形態の第1の作動片530および第2の作動片532と略同一に形成されている。
The operating piece constituting the operating member 618 has a pair of left and right operating pieces, like the operating piece of the binding tool 210 of the above-described embodiment.
The first operating piece 630, the second half split 612b, and the fourth half split, to which the bases of the first half split 612a, the third half split 613a, and the fifth half split 614a are fixed. The second working piece 632 to which the bases of the collar 613b and the sixth half-cotton 614b are fixed is formed substantially the same as the first working piece 530 and the second working piece 532 of the above embodiment. Yes.

第1の作動片630及び第2の作動片632は、二対の空隙部636a1と空隙部636a2及び空隙部636a2と空隙部638a2が形成され、且つ二対の開閉部材固定部636b1と開閉部材固定部636b2及び開閉部材固定部638b1と開閉部材固定部638b2の外側近傍において、第1の作動片630及び第2の作動片632の長手方向への移動を規制する移動規制部が、2つ形成されている。
そして、開閉部材640は、空隙部636a1と空隙部638a1との中に装填され、開閉部材636b1と開閉部材固定部638b1とに跨って固定され、開閉部材642は、空隙部636a1と空隙部638a2との中に装填され、開閉部材固定部636b2と開閉部材固定部638b2とに跨って固定される。
開閉部材640の固定先端部640aは第1の作動片630の支持部636cに、固定先端部640bは第2の作動片632の支持部638cにそれぞれ固定され、開閉部材642の固定先端部642aは第1の作動片630の支持部636dに、固定先端部642bは第2の作動片632の支持部638dにそれぞれ固定される。
開閉部材640の固定先端部640a及び固定先端部640bは、前記図34図示実施の形態と略々同じ構成である。また、第1の作動片630の支持部636c及び支持部636dと第2の作動片632の支持部638c及び支持部636dとは、前記図34図示実施の形態と略々同じ構成である。
The first working piece 630 and the second working piece 632 are formed with two pairs of a gap portion 636a 1 and a gap portion 636a 2 and a gap portion 636a 2 and a gap portion 638a 2 , and two pairs of opening / closing member fixing portions 636b 1. In the vicinity of the outside of the opening / closing member fixing portion 636b 2 and the opening / closing member fixing portion 638b 1 and the opening / closing member fixing portion 638b 2 , the movement restriction that restricts the movement in the longitudinal direction of the first operating piece 630 and the second operating piece 632 Two parts are formed.
The opening / closing member 640 is loaded in the gap 636a1 and the gap 638a1, and is fixed across the opening / closing member 636b1 and the opening / closing member fixing part 638b1, and the opening / closing member 642 includes the gap 636a1 and the gap 638a2. And is fixed across the opening / closing member fixing portion 636b2 and the opening / closing member fixing portion 638b2.
The fixed tip 640a of the opening / closing member 640 is fixed to the support 636c of the first working piece 630, the fixed tip 640b is fixed to the support 638c of the second working piece 632, and the fixed tip 642a of the opening / closing member 642 is The fixed distal end portion 642b is fixed to the support portion 638d of the second operating piece 632, respectively.
The fixed tip 640a and the fixed tip 640b of the opening / closing member 640 have substantially the same configuration as that of the embodiment shown in FIG. Further, the support portion 636c and support portion 636d of the first operating piece 630 and the support portion 638c and support portion 636d of the second operating piece 632 have substantially the same configuration as the embodiment shown in FIG.

前記第1の作動片630は、前記突き合わせ縁630aとは離れた位置で、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴杆612の基部と第3の綴杆614の基部とを結ぶ方向(図66図示X1及びX2方向)に近い方向にのびる突条630hが形成されている。この実施の形態においては、第1の綴杆612の基部と第3の綴杆614の基部とを結ぶ方向と平行で第1の作動片630の長さ方向にのびる。
前記突条630hは、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴杆612の基部と第3の綴杆614の基部の間で、外側端縁630bにおいて、突出部630c3の近傍を除いて連続して、第1の綴杆612及び第3の綴杆614が突出する方向とは反対側に向けて突設されている。
前記突条630hは、第1の作動片630を構成する平板状の金属製板体を断面L字形に折り曲げて形成されている。
また、前記第2の作動片632は、前記突き合わせ縁632aとは離れた位置で、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴杆612の基部と第3の綴杆614の基部とを結ぶ方向(図66図示X1及びX2方向)に近い方向にのびる突条632hが形成されている。この実施の形態においては、第1の綴杆612の基部と第3の綴杆614の基部とを結ぶ方向と平行で第2の作動片632の長さ方向にのびる。
前記突条632hは、間隔をおいて設けられた第1の綴杆612の基部と第3の綴杆614の基部の間で、外側端縁632bにおいて、突出部632c3の近傍を除いて連続して、第1の綴杆612及び第3の綴杆614が突出する方向とは反対側に向けて突設されている。
前記突条632hは、第2の作動片632を構成する平板状の金属製板体を断面L字形に折り曲げて形成されている。
したがって、第1の作動片630及び第2の作動片632は、第1の綴杆612の基部と第3の綴杆614の基部間におけるしなりが、突条630h及び突条632hにより防止される。
The first actuating piece 630 is connected to the base of the first staple 612 and the base of the third staple 614 that are spaced apart from the butting edge 630a (see FIG. 66 ridges 630h extending in a direction close to the X1 and X2 directions shown in FIG. In this embodiment, the first working piece 630 extends in the length direction in parallel with the direction connecting the base of the first binding rod 612 and the base of the third binding rod 614.
The protrusion 630h is continuous between the base portion of the first binding rod 612 and the base portion of the third binding rod 614 provided at an interval except for the vicinity of the protruding portion 630c3 at the outer edge 630b. Thus, the first binding rod 612 and the third binding rod 614 are projected toward the opposite side of the protruding direction.
The protrusion 630h is formed by bending a flat metal plate constituting the first operating piece 630 into an L-shaped cross section.
In addition, the second operating piece 632 connects the base portion of the first binding rod 612 and the base portion of the third binding rod 614 that are spaced apart from the butted edge 632a. A protrusion 632h extending in a direction close to (in the direction of X1 and X2 in FIG. 66) is formed. In this embodiment, the second working piece 632 extends in the length direction in parallel with the direction connecting the base portion of the first binding rod 612 and the base portion of the third binding rod 614.
The protrusion 632h is continuous between the base portion of the first binding rod 612 and the base portion of the third binding rod 614 that are provided at intervals, except for the vicinity of the protruding portion 632c3 at the outer edge 632b. Thus, the first binding rod 612 and the third binding rod 614 are projected toward the opposite side of the protruding direction.
The protrusion 632h is formed by bending a flat metal plate constituting the second operating piece 632 into an L-shaped cross section.
Accordingly, the first operating piece 630 and the second operating piece 632 are prevented from being bent between the base portion of the first binding rod 612 and the base portion of the third binding rod 614 by the protrusions 630h and the protrusions 632h. The

第1の作動片630は、基部で固定された第1の半割杆612a、第3の半割杆613a及び第5の半割杆614aの基部の近傍に、第1の作動片630を補強してしなりを少なくするために、ビード634a、ビード634b及びビード634eが上面に向けて突設されている。
第2の作動片632は、基部で固定された第2の半割杆612b、第4の半割杆613b及び第6の半割杆614bの基部の近傍に、第2の作動片632を補強してしなりを少なくするために、ビード634c、ビード634d及びビード634fが上面に向けて突設されている。
The first working piece 630 reinforces the first working piece 630 in the vicinity of the bases of the first half split rod 612a, the third half split rod 613a, and the fifth half split rod 614a fixed at the base. In order to reduce bending, a bead 634a, a bead 634b, and a bead 634e are protruded toward the upper surface.
The second actuating piece 632 reinforces the second actuating piece 632 in the vicinity of the bases of the second half split rod 612b, the fourth half split rod 613b, and the sixth half split rod 614b fixed at the base. In order to reduce bending, a bead 634c, a bead 634d, and a bead 634f are protruded toward the upper surface.

ビード634aは、第1の半割杆612aの基部と突出部630c1との間において第1の作動片630の長手方向にのびる第1直線部634a1と、突条630hの内側(第1の作動片630の幅方向における略々中央において)で第1の半割杆612aの基部の近傍から第1の作動片630の長手方向にのびる第2直線部634a2と、第1直線部634a1の内側端と第2直線部634a2の外側端との間を結ぶ斜線部634a3とを備え、第1の作動片630の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
ビード634bは、第5の半割杆614aの基部と突出部630c2との間において第1の作動片630の長手方向にのびる第1直線部634b1と、突条630hの内側(第1の作動片630の幅方向における略々中央において)で第5の半割杆614aの基部の近傍から第1の作動片630の長手方向にのびる第2直線部634b2と、第1直線部634b1の内側端と第2直線部634b2の外側端との間を結ぶ斜線部634b3とを備え、第1の作動片630の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
ビード634cは、第2の半割杆612bの基部と突出部632c1との間において第2の作動片632の長手方向にのびる第1直線部634c1と、突条632hの内側(第2の作動片632の幅方向における略々中央において)で第2の半割杆612bの基部の近傍から第2の作動片632の長手方向にのびる第2直線部634c2と、第1直線部634c1の内側端と第2直線部634c2の外側端との間を結ぶ斜線部634c3とを備え、第2の作動片632の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
ビード634dは、第6の半割杆614bの基部と突出部632c2との間において第2の作動片632の長手方向にのびる第1直線部634d1と、突条632hの内側(第2の作動片632の幅方向における略々中央において)で第6の半割杆614bの基部の近傍から第2の作動片632の長手方向にのびる第2直線部634d2と、第1直線部634d1の内側端と第2直線部634d2の外側端との間を結ぶ斜線部634d3とを備え、第2の作動片632の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
ビード634eは、第3の半割杆613aの基部と突出部630c3の間において、上下に分断された突条630hと突条630hとの間に跨って形成されている。
ビード634eは、第3の半割杆613aの基部と突出部630c3との間において第1の作動片630の長手方向にのびる第1直線部634e1と、突条630hの内側で第5の半割杆613aの基部の近傍から第1の作動片630の長手方向にのびる第2直線部634e2と、第1直線部634e1と第2直線部634e2との間を結ぶ斜線部634e3とを備え、第1の作動片630の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
ビード634fは、第4の半割杆613bの基部と突出部632c3の間において、上下に分断された突条632hと突条632hとの間に跨って形成されている。
ビード634fは、第4の半割杆613bの基部と突出部632c3との間において第2の作動片632の長手方向にのびる第1直線部634f1と、突条632hの内側で第3の半割杆613bの基部の近傍から第2の作動片632の長手方向にのびる第2直線部634f2と、第1直線部634f1と第2直線部634f2との間を結ぶ斜線部634f3とを備え、第2の作動片632の下面から上面に向けて一定幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる。
The bead 634a includes a first straight portion 634a1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the first operating piece 630 between the base portion of the first half split 612a and the projecting portion 630c1, and an inner side of the ridge 630h (first operating piece). A second linear portion 634a2 extending in the longitudinal direction of the first working piece 630 from the vicinity of the base portion of the first half split 612a and an inner end of the first linear portion 634a1 It has a hatched portion 634a3 connecting with the outer end of the second linear portion 634a2, and is formed by projecting a linear convex portion having a constant width from the lower surface to the upper surface of the first operating piece 630.
The bead 634b includes a first linear portion 634b1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the first operating piece 630 between the base portion of the fifth half split plate 614a and the protruding portion 630c2, and an inner side of the protrusion 630h (first operating piece). A second linear portion 634b2 extending in the longitudinal direction of the first working piece 630 from the vicinity of the base portion of the fifth half split plate 614a at an approximately end in the width direction of 630, and an inner end of the first linear portion 634b1 It has a hatched portion 634b3 connecting with the outer end of the second linear portion 634b2, and is formed by projecting a linear convex portion having a constant width from the lower surface to the upper surface of the first operating piece 630.
The bead 634c includes a first straight portion 634c1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the second operating piece 632 between the base portion of the second half split 612b and the protruding portion 632c1, and an inner side of the protrusion 632h (second operating piece). A second linear portion 634c2 extending in the longitudinal direction of the second working piece 632 from the vicinity of the base portion of the second half split 612b and an inner end of the first linear portion 634c1 It has a hatched portion 634c3 connecting with the outer end of the second linear portion 634c2, and is formed by projecting a linear convex portion having a constant width from the lower surface to the upper surface of the second operating piece 632.
The bead 634d includes a first straight portion 634d1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the second operating piece 632 between the base portion of the sixth half split 614b and the protruding portion 632c2, and an inner side of the ridge 632h (second operating piece). A second linear portion 634d2 extending in the longitudinal direction of the second working piece 632 from the vicinity of the base portion of the sixth half split plate 614b and an inner end of the first linear portion 634d1 It has a hatched portion 634d3 connecting with the outer end of the second straight portion 634d2, and is formed by projecting a linear convex portion having a constant width from the lower surface to the upper surface of the second working piece 632.
The bead 634e is formed between the protrusion 630h and the protrusion 630h, which are divided vertically, between the base of the third half split 613a and the protrusion 630c3.
The bead 634e includes a first straight part 634e1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the first operating piece 630 between the base part of the third half split bar 613a and the projecting part 630c3, and a fifth half part inside the protrusion 630h. A first linear portion 634e2 extending in the longitudinal direction of the first working piece 630 from the vicinity of the base portion of the flange 613a, and a hatched portion 634e3 connecting the first linear portion 634e1 and the second linear portion 634e2; A linear convex portion having a certain width is projected from the lower surface to the upper surface of the operating piece 630.
The bead 634f is formed between the ridge 632h and the ridge 632h divided in the vertical direction between the base of the fourth half split 613b and the protrusion 632c3.
The bead 634f includes a first straight part 634f1 extending in the longitudinal direction of the second operating piece 632 between the base part of the fourth half split bar 613b and the protruding part 632c3, and a third half part inside the protrusion 632h. A second linear portion 634f2 extending in the longitudinal direction of the second working piece 632 from the vicinity of the base portion of the flange 613b, and a hatched portion 634f3 connecting the first linear portion 634f1 and the second linear portion 634f2; A linear convex portion having a constant width is projected from the lower surface to the upper surface of the operating piece 632.

開閉部材は、前記実施の形態の綴具においては、一対の作動片に対応して、1個が装填されていたが、この実施の形態の綴具においては、一対の作動片に、2個の開閉部材640及び開閉部材641を装填されている。また、合計2個の開閉部材640及び641のうち一方のみを装填してもよい。   In the binding device of the embodiment, one opening / closing member is loaded corresponding to the pair of operating pieces. However, in the binding device of this embodiment, two opening / closing members are provided for the pair of operating pieces. The opening / closing member 640 and the opening / closing member 641 are loaded. Further, only one of the two opening / closing members 640 and 641 may be loaded.

突出部630c1は第1保持部660により、突出部630c2は第1保持部662により、突632c1は第2保持部664により、突出部632c2は第2保持部666により、それぞれ保持される。
また、突出部630c3は第3保持部661により、突出部632c3は第3保持部665により、それぞれ保持される。
The protrusion 630c1 is held by the first holding part 660, the protrusion 630c2 is held by the first holding part 662, the protrusion 632c1 is held by the second holding part 664, and the protrusion 632c2 is held by the second holding part 666.
Further, the protruding portion 630c3 is held by the third holding portion 661, and the protruding portion 632c3 is held by the third holding portion 665, respectively.

なお、開閉部材240は、ねじりモーメントが発生しない元の状態においては、一方の固定先端部242aの係止脚部247aと係止脚部247bとが、それぞれ反対方向に向いて、平行にのびていたが、その構成を変えて開閉部材240を作動部材218に装填した後の開閉部材240の弾発力を調整することができる。
例えば、図69ないし72に示すように、ねじりモーメントが発生しない元の状態においては、係止脚部247aと係止脚部247bとが同じ方向に向いて平行にのび、90度巻線方向(ねじり方向)に係止脚部247aと係止脚部247bとを巻線部244を中心にして互い違いにまわして、第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232の幅方向にのばし、第1の作動片230の支持部236c及び第2の作動片232の支持部238cに固定してもよい。
また、図73ないし76に示すように、ねじりモーメントが発生しない元の状態においては、係止脚部247aと係止脚部247bとが約45度の角度をもってのび、135度巻線方向(ねじり方向)に係止脚部247aと係止脚部247bを巻線部244を中心にして互い違いにまわして、第1の作動片230及び第2の作動片232の幅方向にのばし、第1の作動片230の支持部236c及び第2の作動片232の支持部238cに固定してもよい。
In the original state where the torsional moment is not generated, the opening / closing member 240 has the locking leg 247a and the locking leg 247b of the one fixed tip 242a extending in parallel in opposite directions. However, the elastic force of the opening / closing member 240 after the opening / closing member 240 is loaded on the operating member 218 by changing the configuration thereof can be adjusted.
For example, as shown in FIGS. 69 to 72, in the original state where no torsional moment is generated, the locking leg 247a and the locking leg 247b extend in parallel in the same direction, and the 90-degree winding direction ( The locking leg 247a and the locking leg 247b are alternately rotated about the winding portion 244 in the torsional direction) and extended in the width direction of the first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232, You may fix to the support part 236c of the 1st operation piece 230, and the support part 238c of the 2nd operation piece 232. FIG.
Further, as shown in FIGS. 73 to 76, in the original state where no torsional moment is generated, the locking leg 247a and the locking leg 247b extend at an angle of about 45 degrees, and the winding direction of 135 degrees (torsion) Direction), the locking leg 247a and the locking leg 247b are alternately rotated about the winding portion 244, and the first operating piece 230 and the second operating piece 232 are extended in the width direction, and the first You may fix to the support part 236c of the action piece 230, and the support part 238c of the 2nd action piece 232.

前記実施の形態によれば、一対の作動片には、保持部材に形成された貫通孔に通される突出部が形成されているので、作動片に綴杆の基部を例えばカシメ止めをしても作動片にかかるストレスを少なくするために面積を大きくすることができる。そのために、作動片全体の強度を増すことができる。
また、作動片の突出部を通す貫通孔と綴杆を通す貫通孔を共通にすることができるために、保持部材の構造を簡略化して製造コストの引き下げを図ることができる。
更に、作動片は、突条及びビードが形成されれば、全体の強度が増すので、支持部を図34図示実施の形態のように金属製板材を切り起こして形成するに適する素材等を選択することができ、製造工程の短縮化を図ることができる。
According to the embodiment, the pair of operating pieces are formed with the protruding portions that are passed through the through holes formed in the holding member. However, the area can be increased to reduce the stress applied to the operating piece. Therefore, the strength of the entire operating piece can be increased.
In addition, since the through hole through which the protruding portion of the operating piece passes and the through hole through which the staple is passed can be made common, the structure of the holding member can be simplified and the manufacturing cost can be reduced.
Further, since the entire strength of the working piece is increased if the protrusions and beads are formed, a material suitable for forming the support portion by cutting and raising the metal plate material as in the embodiment shown in FIG. 34 is selected. The manufacturing process can be shortened.

Claims (14)

複数の開閉自在の綴杆と、
前記綴杆を間隔をおいて設けることができる長さを備えた保持部材と、
各綴杆がその基部において間隔をおいてその表面に固定され、綴杆が保持部材に固定されるように保持部材の内側に可動自在に固定された作動部材と、
前記綴杆を開く方向に付勢する開閉部材とを備えた、綴具であって、
前記作動部材は、一対の作動片からなり、
一方の作動片には綴杆の一方の基部が固定され、他方の作動片には綴杆の他方の基部が固定され、
前記綴杆が閉じるときには、一対の作動片の突き合わせ縁の近傍を中心として揺動して、保持部材の内面より離れた位置において、その突き合わせ縁が突き合わせた状態において保持され、
前記綴杆が開くときには、一対の作動片の突き合わせ縁の近傍を中心として揺動して、保持部材の内面に近づいた方向に向いて保持されるように保持部材に固定され、
前記作動片は、幅方向において外側に、一対の作動片の突き合わせ縁と平行な外側端縁が形成され、前記外側端縁に前記保持部材から突出する突出部が形成され、
前記作動片は、前記突き合わせ縁とは離れた位置で、前記突出部より内側に、長さ方向に間隔をおいて設けられた綴杆の基部を結ぶ方向に近い方向にのびる突条が形成され、
開閉部材は、一対の作動片の突き合わせ縁近傍に保持され、その固定先端部が一対の作動片の支持部に係止された、綴具。
Multiple openable bindings;
A holding member having a length capable of providing the staples at intervals;
Each binding rod is fixed to its surface at an interval at its base, and an actuating member movably fixed inside the holding member so that the binding rod is fixed to the holding member;
A binding tool comprising an opening and closing member that biases the binding rod in a direction to open the binding rod,
The actuating member comprises a pair of actuating pieces,
One base of the binding rod is fixed to one working piece, and the other base of the binding rod is fixed to the other working piece,
When the binding is closed, it swings around the vicinity of the butting edges of the pair of operating pieces, and is held in a state where the butting edges are butted at a position away from the inner surface of the holding member,
When the binding rod is opened, it swings about the vicinity of the butting edges of the pair of operating pieces, and is fixed to the holding member so as to be held in the direction approaching the inner surface of the holding member,
The working piece has an outer edge formed in parallel with the butting edge of the pair of working pieces on the outer side in the width direction, and a protruding portion protruding from the holding member is formed on the outer edge.
The actuating piece is formed with a protrusion extending in a direction close to a direction connecting the bases of the staples provided at intervals in the length direction on the inner side of the protruding portion at a position away from the butting edge. ,
The opening / closing member is held in the vicinity of the butting edge of the pair of operating pieces, and the fixed distal end is locked to the support portion of the pair of operating pieces.
複数の開閉自在の綴杆と、Multiple openable bindings;
前記綴杆を間隔をおいて設けることができる長さを備えた保持部材と、A holding member having a length capable of providing the staples at intervals;
各綴杆がその基部において間隔をおいてその表面に固定され、綴杆が保持部材に固定されるように保持部材の内側に固定された作動部材と、Each binding rod is fixed to its surface at an interval at its base, and an operating member fixed to the inside of the holding member so that the binding rod is fixed to the holding member;
前記綴杆を開く方向に付勢する開閉部材とを備えた、綴具であって、A binding tool comprising an opening and closing member that biases the binding rod in a direction to open the binding rod,
前記作動部材は、一対の作動片からなり、The actuating member comprises a pair of actuating pieces,
一方の作動片には綴杆の一方の基部が固定され、他方の作動片には綴杆の他方の基部が固定され、One base of the binding rod is fixed to one working piece, and the other base of the binding rod is fixed to the other working piece,
前記綴杆が閉じるときには、一対の作動片の突き合わせ縁の近傍を中心として揺動して、保持部材の内面より離れた位置において、その突き合わせ縁が突き合わせた状態において保持され、When the binding is closed, it swings around the vicinity of the butting edges of the pair of operating pieces, and is held in a state where the butting edges are butted at a position away from the inner surface of the holding member,
前記綴杆が開くときには、一対の作動片の突き合わせ縁の近傍を中心として揺動して、保持部材の内面に近づいた方向に向いて保持されるように保持部材に固定され、When the binding rod is opened, it swings about the vicinity of the butting edges of the pair of operating pieces, and is fixed to the holding member so as to be held in the direction approaching the inner surface of the holding member,
前記作動片は、作動片を構成する板体を断面L字形に折り曲げて、突条を形成され、The operating piece is formed with a ridge by bending a plate body constituting the operating piece into an L-shaped cross section,
前記突条は、前記突き合わせ縁とは離れた位置で、長さ方向に間隔をおいて設けられた綴杆の基部を結ぶ方向に近い方向にのびるように形成され、The protrusion is formed so as to extend in a direction close to a direction connecting the bases of the binding rods provided at intervals in the length direction at a position away from the butt edge,
開閉部材は、一対の作動片の突き合わせ縁近傍に保持され、その固定先端部が一対の作動片の支持部に係止された、綴具。The opening / closing member is held in the vicinity of the butting edge of the pair of operating pieces, and the fixed distal end is locked to the support portion of the pair of operating pieces.
前記突条は、間隔をおいて設けられた綴杆の基部の間において、連続して、綴杆が突出する方向とは反対側に向けて突設された、請求項1又は請求項2に記載の綴具。The ribs, between the base of the binding rods provided at intervals, in succession, to the direction in which binding rings protrude projecting toward the opposite side, to claim 1 or claim 2 The described binding tool. 前記作動部材は、移動方向にのびる長さ方向を有する平面方形状の板体である、請求項1ないし請求項3のいずれかに記載の綴具。The binding device according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the operating member is a planar rectangular plate having a length direction extending in a moving direction. 前記作動部材は、保持部材内で間隔をおいて設けられた綴杆の基部を結ぶ方向に移動するように、可動自在に保持部材に固定された、請求項1ないし請求項4のいずれかに記載の綴具。  5. The operating member according to claim 1, wherein the operating member is movably fixed to the holding member so as to move in a direction in which the bases of the staples provided at intervals in the holding member are connected. The described binding tool. 前記保持部材は、作動部材を保持部材の内側に保持するための保持部が形成され、
前記保持部は、保持部材の内側に嵌装された作動部材を保持するように、内側に向けて凹まされてなる及び/又は折り曲げてなる、請求項1ないし請求項5のいずれかに記載の綴具。
The holding member is formed with a holding portion for holding the operating member inside the holding member,
The said holding | maintenance part is dented and / or bent toward the inner side so that the action | operation member fitted inside the holding member may be hold | maintained. Binding tool.
前記保持部材は、作動部材を保持部材の内側に保持するための保持部が形成され、
前記作動部材は、前記保持部材から突出する突出部が形成され、
前記保持部は、作動部材の突出部より外側に突出された保持部が、保持部材の内側に嵌装された作動部材の突出部を保持するように内側に向けて凹まされてなる、請求項1ないし請求項5のいずれかに記載の綴具。
The holding member is formed with a holding portion for holding the operating member inside the holding member,
The operating member is formed with a protruding portion protruding from the holding member,
The holding portion is recessed inward so that the holding portion protruding outward from the protruding portion of the operating member holds the protruding portion of the operating member fitted inside the holding member. The binding device according to any one of claims 1 to 5.
前記保持部材は、作動部材に間隔をおいて設けられた綴杆の基部を結ぶ方向に近い方向にのびる保持壁を有し、
前記保持壁は、作動部材に間隔をおいて設けられた綴杆の基部を結ぶ方向と交差する方向にのびて、保持壁の外側に向いて突出する突出部を保持する保持部を有し、該保持部は、前記保持壁の一部を作動部材の突出部より外側に打ち出された保持部が、保持部材の内側に嵌装された作動部材の突出部を保持するように、保持壁の内側に向けて凹まされてなる、請求項7に記載の綴具。
The holding member has a holding wall extending in a direction close to a direction connecting the bases of the bindings provided at intervals to the operating member;
The holding wall has a holding portion that holds a protruding portion that protrudes toward the outside of the holding wall, extending in a direction intersecting a direction connecting the bases of the bindings provided at intervals in the operating member, The holding portion is formed on the holding wall such that the holding portion, in which a part of the holding wall is driven out from the protruding portion of the operating member, holds the protruding portion of the operating member fitted inside the holding member. The binding device according to claim 7, wherein the binding device is recessed toward the inside.
前記保持部は、前記作動部材の作動片の下面に沿って、前記保持壁の下縁との間に間隔をおいて細い切り込みが形成され、該切り込みと保持壁の下縁との間における保持壁の外方に向けて打ち出された領域が、保持部材の内側に嵌装された作動部材の突出部の下面を保持するように内側に向けて打ち出され、保持壁の該切り込みと保持壁の下縁との間の領域以外の領域より内側に向けて凹まされてなる、請求項7または請求項8に記載の綴具。  The holding portion has a thin notch formed between the lower edge of the holding wall along the lower surface of the operating piece of the operating member, and the holding portion is held between the notch and the lower edge of the holding wall. An area that is struck outward from the wall is struck inward so as to hold the lower surface of the protrusion of the actuating member fitted inside the holding member. The binding device according to claim 7 or 8, wherein the binding tool is recessed toward an inner side from a region other than a region between the lower edge and the lower edge. 前記突条は、第1の綴杆の基部と第2の綴杆の基部を結ぶ方向と平行で、前記作動片の長さ方向にのびるように形成された、請求項1ないし請求項9のいずれかに記載の綴具。The said protrusion is parallel to the direction connecting the base part of a 1st binding rod, and the base part of a 2nd binding rod, and was formed so that it might extend in the length direction of the said operation piece . The binding tool according to any one of the above. 保持部材に嵌装された作動片の前記突条は、保持部材の保持壁の下縁より上方に位置するように形成された、請求項1ないし請求項10のいずれかに記載の綴具。  The binding tool according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the protrusion of the operating piece fitted to the holding member is formed to be positioned above a lower edge of the holding wall of the holding member. 前記作動片は、前記突き合わせ縁及び前記突条とは離れた位置で、作動片の長さ方向及びそれに近い方向にのびるビードが形成された、請求項1ないし請求項11のいずれかに記載の綴具。  12. The working piece according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein a bead extending in a length direction of the working piece and a direction close thereto is formed at a position away from the abutting edge and the protrusion. Binding tool. 前記作動片の幅方向において、前記綴杆の基部が固定された部位より外側で前記突条より内側に、ビードが形成された、請求項1ないし請求項12のいずれかに記載の綴具。  The binding tool according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein a bead is formed outside a portion where a base portion of the binding rod is fixed and inside the protrusion in the width direction of the working piece. 前記ビードは、作動片を構成する板体に下面から上面に向けて適宜な幅を有する直線状凸部を突設してなる、請求項12又は請求項13のいずれかに記載の綴具。  The said bead is a binding tool in any one of Claim 12 or Claim 13 which protrudes the linear convex part which has an appropriate width | variety toward the upper surface from the lower surface in the plate body which comprises an action piece.
JP2008503742A 2006-03-07 2006-10-06 Binding tool Expired - Fee Related JP4759045B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2008503742A JP4759045B2 (en) 2006-03-07 2006-10-06 Binding tool

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2006061831 2006-03-07
JP2006061831 2006-03-07
JP2008503742A JP4759045B2 (en) 2006-03-07 2006-10-06 Binding tool
PCT/JP2006/320132 WO2007102245A1 (en) 2006-03-07 2006-10-06 Binding device

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
JPWO2007102245A1 JPWO2007102245A1 (en) 2009-07-23
JP4759045B2 true JP4759045B2 (en) 2011-08-31

Family

ID=38474677

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2008503742A Expired - Fee Related JP4759045B2 (en) 2006-03-07 2006-10-06 Binding tool

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP4759045B2 (en)
WO (2) WO2007102231A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5022411B2 (en) * 2009-07-23 2012-09-12 株式会社リヒトラブ Binding tool
JP4846007B2 (en) * 2009-08-27 2011-12-28 株式会社リヒトラブ Binding tool
CN102343738B (en) * 2011-08-24 2013-09-04 孔燕萍 Annular-handle binder mechanism

Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS4324250Y1 (en) * 1965-07-03 1968-10-14
JPH04298399A (en) * 1991-03-27 1992-10-22 Noriharu Osada File
JPH0789285A (en) * 1993-09-28 1995-04-04 Rihito Rabu:Kk Binder
JPH0911680A (en) * 1995-06-26 1997-01-14 Kokuyo Co Ltd Fitting for ring binding
JPH0952483A (en) * 1995-08-14 1997-02-25 World Wide Stationery Mfg Co Ltd Ring type binder device
JPH09202085A (en) * 1996-01-24 1997-08-05 Leco Stationery Mfg Co Ltd Ring binder
JP2000052680A (en) * 1998-08-10 2000-02-22 King Jim Co Ltd Binder
JP2001277772A (en) * 2000-03-31 2001-10-10 World Wide Stationery Manufacturing Co Ltd Ring binder
JP2003251973A (en) * 2001-12-27 2003-09-09 Kokuyo Co Ltd Binding implement
JP2004255835A (en) * 2003-02-27 2004-09-16 Lihit Lab Inc Filing instrument
JP2005040952A (en) * 2002-10-25 2005-02-17 Lihit Lab Inc Binder
JP2005246940A (en) * 2004-03-08 2005-09-15 Lihit Lab Inc Binding implement

Patent Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS4324250Y1 (en) * 1965-07-03 1968-10-14
JPH04298399A (en) * 1991-03-27 1992-10-22 Noriharu Osada File
JPH0789285A (en) * 1993-09-28 1995-04-04 Rihito Rabu:Kk Binder
JPH0911680A (en) * 1995-06-26 1997-01-14 Kokuyo Co Ltd Fitting for ring binding
JPH0952483A (en) * 1995-08-14 1997-02-25 World Wide Stationery Mfg Co Ltd Ring type binder device
JPH09202085A (en) * 1996-01-24 1997-08-05 Leco Stationery Mfg Co Ltd Ring binder
JP2000052680A (en) * 1998-08-10 2000-02-22 King Jim Co Ltd Binder
JP2001277772A (en) * 2000-03-31 2001-10-10 World Wide Stationery Manufacturing Co Ltd Ring binder
JP2003251973A (en) * 2001-12-27 2003-09-09 Kokuyo Co Ltd Binding implement
JP2005040952A (en) * 2002-10-25 2005-02-17 Lihit Lab Inc Binder
JP2004255835A (en) * 2003-02-27 2004-09-16 Lihit Lab Inc Filing instrument
JP2005246940A (en) * 2004-03-08 2005-09-15 Lihit Lab Inc Binding implement

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2007102245A1 (en) 2007-09-13
JPWO2007102245A1 (en) 2009-07-23
WO2007102231A1 (en) 2007-09-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP4898841B2 (en) Binding tool
JP4283771B2 (en) Binding tool
JP4954301B2 (en) Binding tool
JP4283607B2 (en) Binding tool
JP4759045B2 (en) Binding tool
JP2010120369A (en) Displacement body of binding device
WO2012114564A1 (en) Binder
JP4436159B2 (en) Binding tool
JP4624250B2 (en) File binder
JP4637118B2 (en) Binding tool
JP5425154B2 (en) Notebook
JP4133441B2 (en) Binding tool
JP5925380B2 (en) Binding tool
JP4624249B2 (en) Binding tool
JP4695094B2 (en) Binding tool
JP2015150849A (en) Binding tool
JP4846007B2 (en) Binding tool
JP5117531B2 (en) Binding tool
JP5022388B2 (en) Binding tool
JP2009234138A (en) File and binder
JP5022320B2 (en) Binding tool
WO2016076204A1 (en) Binding tool
JP5525581B2 (en) Binding tool
JP6121392B2 (en) Binding tool
JP5022411B2 (en) Binding tool

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
A131 Notification of reasons for refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131

Effective date: 20110125

A521 Request for written amendment filed

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20110325

TRDD Decision of grant or rejection written
A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

Effective date: 20110524

A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

A61 First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61

Effective date: 20110603

R150 Certificate of patent or registration of utility model

Ref document number: 4759045

Country of ref document: JP

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R150

FPAY Renewal fee payment (event date is renewal date of database)

Free format text: PAYMENT UNTIL: 20140610

Year of fee payment: 3

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

R250 Receipt of annual fees

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R250

LAPS Cancellation because of no payment of annual fees